Tabularray Typeset Tabulars and Arrays with L
A
T
E
X3
Version 2024A (2024-02-16)
Code https://github.com/lvjr/tabularray
Code https://bitbucket.org/lvjr/tabularray
Support https://github.com/lvjr/tabularray/discussions
Support https://topanswers.xyz/tex
Issue https://github.com/lvjr/tabularray/issues
\begin{tblr}{
colspec = {rX}, colsep = 8mm, hlines = {2pt, white},
row{odd} = {azure8}, row{even} = {gray8},
row{1} = {6em,azure2,fg=white,font=\LARGE\bfseries\sffamily},
row{2-Z} = {3em,font=\Large},
}
Tabularray & Typeset Tabulars and Arrays with \LaTeX3 \\
Version & \myversion\ (\the\year-\mylpad\month-\mylpad\day) \\
Code & \url{https://github.com/lvjr/tabularray} \\
Code & \url{https://bitbucket.org/lvjr/tabularray} \\
Support & \url{https://github.com/lvjr/tabularray/discussions} \\
Support & \url{https://topanswers.xyz/tex} \\
Issue & \url{https://github.com/lvjr/tabularray/issues} \\
\end{tblr}
Contents
1 Overview of Features 4
1.1 Vertical Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.2 Multiline Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.3 Cell Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.4 Multirow Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.5 Multi Rows and Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.6 Column Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.7 Row Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.8 Hlines and Vlines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.9 Colorful Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2 Basic Interfaces 12
2.1 Old and New Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.2 Hlines and Vlines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.3 Hborders and Vborders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.4 Cells and Spancells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.5 Rows and Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.6 Colspec and Rowspec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3 Extra Interfaces 26
3.1 Inner Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.2 Outer Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.3 Default Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.4 New Tabularray Environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.5 New General Environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.6 New Table Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.7 Odd and Even Selectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.8 Counters and Lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.9 Tracing Tabularray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
4 Use Long Tables 35
4.1 A Simple Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
4.2 Customize Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
4.3 Change Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.4 Dene Themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.5 Control Page Breaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.6 Floatable Tall Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
1
CONTENTS 2
5 Use Some Libraries 45
5.1 Library amsmath . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
5.2 Library booktabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
5.3 Library counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
5.4 Library diagbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
5.5 Library functional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
5.6 Library hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
5.7 Library html . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
5.8 Library nameref . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
5.9 Library siunitx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
5.10 Library varwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
5.11 Library zref . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
6 Tips and Tricks 54
6.1 Control Horizontal Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
6.2 Use Safe Verbatim Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
7 History and Future 55
7.1 The Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
7.2 The History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
8 The Source Code 56
8.1 Scratch Variables and Function Variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
8.2 Data Structures Based on Property Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
8.3 Data Structures Based on Token Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
8.4 Data Structures Based on Integer Arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
8.5 Child Selectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
8.6 New Table Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
8.7 New Content Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
8.8 New Dash Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
8.9 Set Hlines and Vlines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
8.10 Set Hborders and Vborders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
8.11 Set Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
8.12 Set Columns and Rows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
8.13 Column Types and Row Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
8.14 Set Environments and New Environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
8.15 Split Table Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
8.16 Extract Table Commands from Cell Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
8.17 Initialize Table Inner Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
8.18 Parse Table Inner Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
8.19 Initialize and Parse Table Outer Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
8.20 Typeset and Calculate Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
8.21 Calculate and Adjust Extendable Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
8.22 Calculate and Adjust Multispan Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
8.23 Header and Footer Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
CONTENTS 3
8.24 Helper Functions for Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
8.25 Table Continuation Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
8.26 Table Caption Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
8.27 Table Notes Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
8.28 Table Remarks Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
8.29 Header and Footer Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
8.30 Build the Whole Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
8.31 Build Table Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
8.32 Tracing Tabularray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
8.33 Tabularray Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Chapter 1
Overview of Features
Before using tabularray package, it is better to know how to typeset simple text and math tables with
traditional tabular, tabularx and array environments, because we will compare tblr environment from
tabularray package with these environments. You may read web pages on LaTeX tables on LearnLaTeX
and Overleaf rst.
1.1 Vertical Space
After loading tabularray package in the preamble, we can use tblr environments to typeset tabulars
and arrays. The name tblr is short for tabularray or top-bottom-left-right. The following is our
rst example:
\begin{tabular}{lccr}
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\hline
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
\hline
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\hline
\end{tabular}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
\begin{tblr}{lccr}
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\hline
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
\hline
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\hline
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
You may notice that there is extra space above and below the table rows with tblr environment. This
space makes the table look better. If you don’t like it, you could use \SetTblrInner command:
4
CHAPTER 1. OVERVIEW OF FEATURES 5
\SetTblrInner{rowsep=0pt}
\begin{tblr}{lccr}
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\hline
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
\hline
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\hline
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
But in many cases, this rowsep is useful:
$\begin{array}{rrr}
\hline
\dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{1}{3} \\
\dfrac{2}{3} & -\dfrac{1}{3} & -\dfrac{2}{3} \\
\dfrac{1}{3} & -\dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{2}{3} \\
\hline
\end{array}$
2
3
2
3
1
3
2
3
−
1
3
−
2
3
1
3
−
2
3
2
3
$\begin{tblr}{rrr}
\hline
\dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{1}{3} \\
\dfrac{2}{3} & -\dfrac{1}{3} & -\dfrac{2}{3} \\
\dfrac{1}{3} & -\dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{2}{3} \\
\hline
\end{tblr}$
2
3
2
3
1
3
2
3
−
1
3
−
2
3
1
3
−
2
3
2
3
Note that you can use tblr in both text and math modes.
1.2 Multiline Cells
It’s quite easy to write multiline cells without xing the column width in tblr environments: just enclose
the cell text with braces and use \\ to break lines:
\begin{tblr}{|l|c|r|}
\hline
Left & {Center \\ Cent \\ C} & {Right \\ R} \\
\hline
{L \\ Left} & {C \\ Cent \\ Center} & R \\
\hline
\end{tblr}
Left Center
Cent
C
Right
R
L
Left
C
Cent
Center
R
1.3 Cell Alignment
From time to time, you may want to specify the horizontal and vertical alignment of cells at the same
time. Tabularray package provides a Q column for this (In fact, Q column is the only primitive column,
other columns are dened as Q columns with some options):
CHAPTER 1. OVERVIEW OF FEATURES 6
\begin{tblr}{|Q[l,t]|Q[c,m]|Q[r,b]|}
\hline
{Top Baseline \\ Left Left} & Middle Center & {Right Right \\ Bottom Baseline} \\
\hline
\end{tblr}
Top Baseline
Left Left
Middle Center
Right Right
Bottom Baseline
Note that you can use more meaningful t instead of p for top baseline alignment. For some users who are
familiar with word processors, these t and b columns are counter-intuitive. In tabularray package, there
are another two column types h and f, which will align cell text at the head and the foot, respectively:
\begin{tblr}{Q[h,4em]Q[t,4em]Q[m,4em]Q[b,4em]Q[f,4em]}
\hline
{row\\head} & {top\\line} & {middle} & {line\\bottom} & {row\\foot} \\
\hline
{row\\head} & {top\\line} & {11\\22\\mid\\44\\55} & {line\\bottom} & {row\\foot} \\
\hline
\end{tblr}
row
head top
line
middle
line
bottom row
foot
row
head
top
line
11
22
mid
44
55
line
bottom
row
foot
1.4 Multirow Cells
The above h and f alignments are necessary when we write multirow cells with \SetCell command in
tabularray.
\begin{tabular}{|l|l|l|l|}
\hline
\multirow[t]{4}{1.5cm}{Multirow Cell One} & Alpha &
\multirow[b]{4}{1.5cm}{Multirow Cell Two} & Alpha \\
& Beta & & Beta \\
& Gamma & & Gamma \\
& Delta & & Delta \\
\hline
\end{tabular}
Multirow
Cell One
Alpha
Multirow
Cell Two
Alpha
Beta Beta
Gamma Gamma
Delta Delta
CHAPTER 1. OVERVIEW OF FEATURES 7
\begin{tblr}{|l|l|l|l|}
\hline
\SetCell[r=4]{h,1.5cm} Multirow Cell One & Alpha &
\SetCell[r=4]{f,1.5cm} Multirow Cell Two & Alpha \\
& Beta & & Beta \\
& Gamma & & Gamma \\
& Delta & & Delta \\
\hline
\end{tblr}
Multirow
Cell One
Alpha
Multirow
Cell Two
Alpha
Beta Beta
Gamma Gamma
Delta Delta
Note that you don’t need to load multirow package rst, since tabularray doesn’t depend on it. Fur-
thermore, tabularray will always typeset decent multirow cells. First, it will set correct vertical middle
alignment, even though some rows have large height:
\begin{tabular}{|l|m{4em}|}
\hline
\multirow[c]{4}{1.5cm}{Multirow} & Alpha \\
& Beta \\
& Gamma \\
& Delta Delta Delta \\
\hline
\end{tabular}
Multirow
Alpha
Beta
Gamma
Delta
Delta
Delta
\begin{tblr}{|l|m{4em}|}
\hline
\SetCell[r=4]{m,1.5cm} Multirow & Alpha \\
& Beta \\
& Gamma \\
& Delta Delta Delta \\
\hline
\end{tblr}
Multirow
Alpha
Beta
Gamma
Delta
Delta
Delta
Second, it will enlarge row heights if the multirow cells have large height, therefore it always avoids
vertical overow:
\begin{tabular}{|l|m{4em}|}
\hline
\multirow[c]{2}{1cm}{Line \\ Line \\ Line \\ Line} & Alpha \\
\cline{2-2}
& Beta \\
\hline
\end{tabular}
Line
Line
Line
Line
Alpha
Beta
\begin{tblr}{|l|m{4em}|}
\hline
\SetCell[r=2]{m,1cm} {Line \\ Line \\ Line \\ Line} & Alpha \\
\cline{2}
& Beta \\
\hline
\end{tblr}
Line
Line
Line
Line
Alpha
Beta
CHAPTER 1. OVERVIEW OF FEATURES 8
If you want to distribute extra vertical space evenly to two rows, you may use vspan option described in
Chapter 3.
1.5 Multi Rows and Columns
It was a hard job to typeset cells with multiple rows and multiple columns. For example:
\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|c|}
\hline
\multirow{2}{*}{2 Rows}
& \multicolumn{2}{c|}{2 Columns}
& \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\multirow{2}{*}{2 Rows 2 Columns}} \\
\cline{2-3}
& 2-2 & 2-3 & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{} \\
\hline
3-1 & 3-2 & 3-3 & 3-4 & 3-5 \\
\hline
\end{tabular}
2 Rows
2 Columns
2 Rows 2 Columns
2-2 2-3
3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5
With tabularray package, you can set spanned cells with \SetCell command: within the optional
argument of \SetCell command, option r is for rowspan number, and c for colspan number; within the
mandatory argument of it, horizontal and vertical alignment options are accepted. Therefore it’s much
simpler to typeset spanned cells:
\begin{tblr}{|c|c|c|c|c|}
\hline
\SetCell[r=2]{c} 2 Rows
& \SetCell[c=2]{c} 2 Columns
& & \SetCell[r=2,c=2]{c} 2 Rows 2 Columns & \\
\hline
& 2-2 & 2-3 & & \\
\hline
3-1 & 3-2 & 3-3 & 3-4 & 3-5 \\
\hline
\end{tblr}
2 Rows
2 Columns
2 Rows 2 Columns
2-2 2-3
3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5
Using \multicolumn command, the omitted cells must be removed. On the contrary, using \multirow
command, the omitted cells must not be removed. \SetCell command behaves the same as \multirow
command in this aspect.
With tblr environment, any \hline segments inside a spanned cell will be ignored, therefore we’re free
to use \hline in the above example. Also, any omitted cell will denitely be ignored when typesetting,
no matter it’s empty or not. With this feature, we could put row and column numbers into the omitted
cells, which will help us to locate cells when the tables are rather complex:
CHAPTER 1. OVERVIEW OF FEATURES 9
\begin{tblr}{|ll|c|rr|}
\hline
\SetCell[r=3,c=2]{h} r=3 c=2 & 1-2 & \SetCell[r=2,c=3]{r} r=2 c=3 & 1-4 & 1-5 \\
2-1 & 2-2 & 2-3 & 2-4 & 2-5 \\
\hline
3-1 & 3-2 & MIDDLE & \SetCell[r=3,c=2]{f} r=3 c=2 & 3-5 \\
\hline
\SetCell[r=2,c=3]{l} r=2 c=3 & 4-2 & 4-3 & 4-4 & 4-5 \\
5-1 & 5-2 & 5-3 & 5-4 & 5-5 \\
\hline
\end{tblr}
r=3 c=2
r=2 c=3
MIDDLE
r=3 c=2r=2 c=3
1.6 Column Types
Tabularray package supports all normal column types, as well as the extendable X column type, which
rst occurred in tabularx package and was largely improved by tabu package:
\begin{tblr}{|X[2,l]|X[3,l]|X[1,r]|X[r]|}
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\hline
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Also, X columns with negative coecients are possible:
\begin{tblr}{|X[2,l]|X[3,l]|X[-1,r]|X[r]|}
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\hline
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
We need the width to typeset a table with X columns. If unset, the default is \linewidth. To change
the width, we have to rst put all column specications into colspec={...}:
\begin{tblr}{width=0.8\linewidth,colspec={|X[2,l]|X[3,l]|X[-1,r]|X[r]|}}
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\hline
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
You can dene new column types with \NewColumnType command. For example, in tabularray package,
b and X columns are dened as special Q columns:
\NewColumnType{b}[1]{Q[b,wd=#1]}
\NewColumnType{X}[1][]{Q[co=1,#1]}
CHAPTER 1. OVERVIEW OF FEATURES 10
1.7 Row Types
Now that we have column types and colspec option, you may ask for row types and rowspec option.
Yes, they are here:
\begin{tblr}{colspec={Q[l]Q[c]Q[r]},rowspec={|Q[t]|Q[m]|Q[b]|}}
{Alpha \\ Alpha} & Beta & Gamma \\
Delta & Epsilon & {Zeta \\ Zeta} \\
Eta & {Theta \\ Theta} & Iota \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha
Alpha
Beta Gamma
Delta Epsilon
Zeta
Zeta
Eta
Theta
Theta Iota
Same as column types, Q is the only primitive row type, and other row types are dened as Q types
with dierent options. It’s better to specify horizontal alignment in colspec, and vertical alignment in
rowspec, respectively.
Inside rowspec, | is the hline type. Therefore we need not to write \hline command, which makes table
code cleaner.
1.8 Hlines and Vlines
Hlines and vlines have been improved too. You can specify the widths and styles of them:
\begin{tblr}{|l|[dotted]|[2pt]c|r|[solid]|[dashed]|}
\hline
One & Two & Three \\
\hline\hline[dotted]\hline
Four & Five & Six \\
\hline[dashed]\hline[1pt]
Seven & Eight & Nine \\
\hline
\end{tblr}
One Two Three
Four Five Six
Seven Eight Nine
1.9 Colorful Tables
To add colors to your tables, you need to load xcolor package rst. Tabularray package will also
load ninecolors package for proper color contrast. First you can specify background option for Q
rows/columns inside rowspec/colspec:
\begin{tblr}{colspec={lcr},rowspec={|Q[cyan7]|Q[azure7]|Q[blue7]|}}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
CHAPTER 1. OVERVIEW OF FEATURES 11
\begin{tblr}{colspec={Q[l,brown7]Q[c,yellow7]Q[r,olive7]},rowspec={|Q|Q|Q|}}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Also you can use \SetRow or \SetColumn command to specify row or column colors:
\begin{tblr}{colspec={lcr},rowspec={|Q|Q|Q|}}
\SetRow{cyan7} Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
\SetRow{azure7} Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
\SetRow{blue7} Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
\begin{tblr}{colspec={lcr},rowspec={|Q|Q|Q|}}
\SetColumn{brown7}
Alpha & \SetColumn{yellow7}
Beta & \SetColumn{olive7}
Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Hlines and vlines can also have colors:
\begin{tblr}{colspec={lcr},rowspec={|[2pt,green7]Q|[teal7]Q|[green7]Q|[3pt,teal7]}}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
\begin{tblr}{colspec={|[2pt,violet5]l|[2pt,magenta5]c|[2pt,purple5]r|[2pt,red5]}}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Chapter 2
Basic Interfaces
2.1 Old and New Interfaces
With tabularray package, you can change the styles of tables via old interfaces or new interfaces.
The old interfaces consist of some table commands inside the table contents. Same as tabular and
array environments, all table commands must be put at the beginning of the cell text. Also, new table
commands must be dened with \NewTableCommand.
The new interfaces consist of some options inside the mandatory argument, hence totally separating the
styles and the contents of tables.
Table 2.1: Old Interfaces and New Interfaces
Old Interfaces New Interfaces
\SetHlines hlines
\SetHline, \hline, \hborder, \cline hline, hborder, rowspec
\SetVlines vlines
\SetVline, \vline, \vborder, \rline vline, vborder, colspec
\SetCells cells
\SetCell cell
\SetRows rows
\SetRow row, rowspec
\SetColumns columns
\SetColumn column, colspec
2.2 Hlines and Vlines
All available keys for hlines and vlines are described in Table 2.2 and Table 2.3.
Table 2.2: Keys for Hlines
dash dash style: solid, dashed or dotted solid
text replace hline with text (like ! specier in rowspec) ×
wd rule width dimension 0.4pt
Key Description and Values Initial Value
Continued on next page
12
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 13
Table 2.2: Keys for Hlines (Continued)
fg rule color name ×
leftpos crossing or trimming position at the left side 1
rightpos crossing or trimming position at the right side 1
endpos adjust leftpos/rightpos for only the leftmost/rightmost column false
Key Description and Values Initial Value
Note: In most cases, you can omit the underlined key names and write only their values.
Table 2.3: Keys for Vlines
dash dash style: solid, dashed or dotted solid
text replace vline with text (like ! specier in colspec) ×
wd rule width dimension 0.4pt
fg rule color name ×
abovepos crossing or trimming position at the above side 0
belowpos crossing or trimming position at the below side 0
Key Description and Values Initial Value
Note: In most cases, you can omit the underlined key names and write only their values.
2.2.1 Hlines and Vlines in New Interfaces
Options hlines and vlines are for setting all hlines and vlines, respectively. With empty value, all
hlines/vlines will be solid.
\begin{tblr}{hlines,vlines}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
With values inside one pair of braces, all hlines/vlines will be styled.
\begin{tblr}{
hlines = {1pt,solid}, vlines = {red3,dashed},
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Another pair of braces before will select segments in all hlines/vlines.
\begin{tblr}{
vlines = {1,3,5}{dashed},
vlines = {2,4}{solid},
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
Nu & Xi & Omicron & Pi \\
Rho & Sigma & Tau & Upsilon \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Nu Xi Omicron Pi
Rho Sigma Tau Upsilon
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 14
The above example can be simplied with odd and even values. (More child selectors can be dened
with \NewChildSelector command. Advanced users could read the source code for this.)
\begin{tblr}{
vlines = {odd}{dashed},
vlines = {even}{solid},
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
Nu & Xi & Omicron & Pi \\
Rho & Sigma & Tau & Upsilon \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Nu Xi Omicron Pi
Rho Sigma Tau Upsilon
Another pair of braces before will draw more hlines/vlines (in which - stands for all line segments).
\begin{tblr}{
hlines = {1}{-}{dashed}, hlines = {2}{-}{solid},
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Note that you must use indexes in order: rst 1, then 2, etc.
Options hline{i} and vline{j} are for setting some hlines and vlines, respectively. Their values are
the same as options hlines and vlines:
\begin{tblr}{
hline{1,7} = {1pt,solid},
hline{3-5} = {blue3,dashed},
vline{1,5} = {3-4}{dotted},
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
Nu & Xi & Omicron & Pi \\
Rho & Sigma & Tau & Upsilon \\
Phi & Chi & Psi & Omega \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Nu Xi Omicron Pi
Rho Sigma Tau Upsilon
Phi Chi Psi Omega
You can use U, V, W, X, Y, Z to denote the last six children, respectively. It is especially useful when you
are writing long tables:
\begin{tblr}{
hline{1,Z} = {2pt},
hline{2,Y} = {1pt},
hline{3-X} = {dashed},
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
Nu & Xi & Omicron & Pi \\
Rho & Sigma & Tau & Upsilon \\
Phi & Chi & Psi & Omega \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Nu Xi Omicron Pi
Rho Sigma Tau Upsilon
Phi Chi Psi Omega
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 15
Now we show the usage of text key by the following example
1
:
\begin{tblr}{
vlines, hlines,
colspec = {lX[c]X[c]X[c]X[c]},
vline{2} = {1}{text=\clap{:}},
vline{3} = {1}{text=\clap{\ch{+}}},
vline{4} = {1}{text=\clap{\ch{->}}},
vline{5} = {1}{text=\clap{\ch{+}}},
}
Equation & \ch{CH4} & \ch{2 O2} & \ch{CO2} & \ch{2 H2O} \\
Initial & $n_1$ & $n_2$ & 0 & 0 \\
Final & $n_1-x$ & $n_2-2x$ & $x$ & $2x$ \\
\end{tblr}
Equation CH
4
2 O
2
CO
2
2 H
2
O: + +
Initial n
1
n
2
0 0
Final n
1
− x n
2
− 2x x 2x
You need to load chemmacros package for the \ch command.
The leftpos and rightpos keys specify crossing or trimming positions for hlines. The possible values
for them are decimal numbers between -1 and 1. Their initial values are 1.
-1 the hline is trimmed by colsep
0 the hline only touches the rst vline
1 the hline touches all the vlines
The abovepos and belowpos keys for vlines have similar meanings. But their initial values are 0.
-1 the vline is trimmed by rowsep
0 the vline only touches the rst hline
1 the vline touches all the hlines
Here is an example for these four keys:
\begin{tblr}{
hline{1,4} = {1}{-}{},
hline{1,4} = {2}{-}{},
hline{2,3} = {1}{-}{leftpos = -1, rightpos = -1},
hline{2,3} = {2}{-}{leftpos = -1, rightpos = -1},
vline{1,4} = {abovepos = 1, belowpos = 1},
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
There is also an endpos option for adjusting leftpos/rightpos for only the leftmost/rightmost column:
1
Code from https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/603023/tabularray-and-tabularx-column-separator.
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 16
\begin{tblr}{
hline{1,4} = {1}{-}{},
hline{1,4} = {2}{-}{},
hline{2,3} = {leftpos = -1, rightpos = -1, endpos},
vline{1,4} = {abovepos = 1, belowpos = 1},
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
2.2.2 Hlines and Vlines in Old Interfaces
The \hline command has an optional argument which accepts key-value options. The available keys are
described in Table 2.2.
\begin{tblr}{llll}
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\hline[dashed]
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
\hline[dotted]
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\hline[2pt,blue5]
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
The \cline command also has an optional argument which is the same as \hline.
\begin{tblr}{llll}
\cline{1-4}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\cline[dashed]{1,3}
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
\cline[dashed]{2,4}
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\cline[2pt,blue5]{-}
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
You can use child selectors in the mandatory argument of \cline.
\begin{tblr}{llll}
\cline{1-4}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\cline[dashed]{odd}
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
\cline[dashed]{even}
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\cline[2pt,blue5]{-}
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Commands \SetHline combines the usages of \hline and \cline:
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 17
\begin{tblr}{llll}
\SetHline{1-3}{blue5,1pt}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\SetHline{2-4}{teal5,1pt}
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
\begin{tblr}{llll}
\SetHline[1]{1-3}{blue5,1pt}
\SetHline[2]{1-3}{azure5,1pt}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\SetHline[1]{2-4}{teal5,1pt}
\SetHline[2]{2-4}{green5,1pt}
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
In fact, table command \SetHline[<index>]{<columns>}{<styles>} at the beginning of row i is the
same as table option hline{i}={<index>}{<columns>}{<styles>}.
Also, table command \SetHlines[<index>]{<columns>}{<styles>} at the beginning of some row is
the same as table option hlines={<index>}{<columns>}{<styles>}.
The usages of table commands \vline, \rline, \SetVline, \SetVlines are similar to those of \hline,
\cline, \SetHline, \SetHlines, respectively. But normally you don’t need to use them.
2.3 Hborders and Vborders
Options hborder{i} and vborder{j} are similar to hline{i} and vline{j}, respectively, but they hold
border specications not related to one specic hline and vline. All available keys for hborder{i} and
vborder{j} are described in Table 2.4 and Table 2.5.
Table 2.4: Keys for Hborders
pagebreak pagebreak at this position: yes, no or auto (See Chapter 4) auto
abovespace set belowsep of previous row (see Table 2.8) 2pt
belowspace set abovesep of current row (see Table 2.8) 2pt
abovespace+ increase belowsep of previous row ×
belowspace+ increase abovesep of current row ×
Key Description and Values Initial Value
Table 2.5: Keys for Vborders
leftspace set rightsep of previous column (see Table 2.9) 6pt
rightspace set leftsep of current column (see Table 2.9) 6pt
leftspace+ increase rightsep of previous column ×
rightspace+ increase leftsep of current column ×
Key Description and Values Initial Value
Furthermore, table command \hborder{<specs>} at the beginning of row i is the same as table option
hborder{i}={<specs>}, and table command \vborder{<specs>} at the beginning of column j is the
same as table option vborder{j}={<specs>}.
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 18
2.4 Cells and Spancells
All available keys for cells are described in Table 2.6 and Table 2.7.
Table 2.6: Keys for the Content of Cells
halign horizontal alignment: l (left), c (center), r (right) or j (justify) j
valign vertical alignment: t (top), m (middle), b (bottom), h (head) or f (foot) t
wd width dimension ×
bg background color name ×
fg foreground color name ×
font font commands ×
mode set cell mode: math, imath, dmath or text ×
$ same as mode=math ×
$$ same as mode=dmath ×
cmd execute command for the cell text ×
preto prepend text to the cell ×
appto append text to the cell ×
Key Description and Values Initial Value
Note: In most cases, you can omit the underlined key names and write only their values.
Table 2.7: Keys for Multispan of Cells
r number of rows the cell spans 1
c number of columns the cell spans 1
Key Description and Values Initial Value
2.4.1 Cells and Spancells in New Interfaces
Option cells is for setting all cells.
\begin{tblr}{hlines={white},cells={c,blue7}}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
Nu & Xi & Omicron & Pi \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Nu Xi Omicron Pi
Option cell{i}{j} is for setting some cells, where i stands for the row numbers and j stands for the
column numbers.
\begin{tblr}{
cell{1}{2-4} = {cmd=\fbox}
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 19
\begin{tblr}{
hlines = {white},
vlines = {white},
cell{1,6}{odd} = {teal7},
cell{1,6}{even} = {green7},
cell{2,4}{1,4} = {red7},
cell{3,5}{1,4} = {purple7},
cell{2}{2} = {r=4,c=2}{c,azure7},
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
Nu & Xi & Omicron & Pi \\
Rho & Sigma & Tau & Upsilon \\
Phi & Chi & Psi & Omega \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon
Zeta
Theta
Iota Mu
Nu Pi
Rho Upsilon
Phi Chi Psi Omega
2.4.2 Cells and Spancells in Old Interfaces
The \SetCell command has a mandatory argument for setting the styles of current cell. The available
keys are described in Table 2.6.
\begin{tblr}{llll}
\hline[1pt]
Alpha & \SetCell{bg=teal2,fg=white} Beta & Gamma \\
\hline
Epsilon & Zeta & \SetCell{r,font=\scshape} Eta \\
\hline
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\hline[1pt]
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
The \SetCell command also has an optional argument for setting the multispan of current cell. The
available keys are described in Table 2.7.
\begin{tblr}{|X|X|X|X|X|X|}
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta & Epsilon & Zeta \\
\hline
\SetCell[c=2]{c} Eta & 2-2
& \SetCell[c=2]{c} Iota & 2-4
& \SetCell[c=2]{c} Lambda & 2-6 \\
\hline
\SetCell[c=3]{c} Nu & 3-2 & 3-3
& \SetCell[c=3]{c} Pi & 3-5 & 3-6 \\
\hline
\SetCell[c=6]{c} Tau & 4-2 & 4-3 & 4-4 & 4-5 & 4-6 \\
\hline
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta Epsilon Zeta
Eta Iota Lambda
Nu Pi
Tau
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 20
\begin{tblr}{|X|X|X|X|X|X|}
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta & Epsilon & Zeta \\
\hline
\SetCell[r=2]{m} Eta
& Theta & Iota & Kappa & Lambda & \SetCell[r=2]{m} Mu \\
\hline
Nu & Xi & Omicron & Pi & Rho & Sigma \\
\hline
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta Epsilon Zeta
Eta
Theta Iota Kappa Lambda
Mu
Xi Omicron Pi Rho
In fact, table command \SetCell[<span>]{<styles>} at the beginning of cell at row i and column j is
the same as table option cell{i}{j}={<span>}{<styles>}.
Also, table command \SetCells[<span>]{<styles>} at the beginning of some cell is the same as table
option cells={<span>}{<styles>}.
2.5 Rows and Columns
All available keys for rows and columns are described in Table 2.8 and Table 2.9.
Table 2.8: Keys for Rows
halign horizontal alignment: l (left), c (center), r (right) or j (justify) j
valign vertical alignment: t (top), m (middle), b (bottom), h (head) or f (foot) t
ht height dimension ×
bg background color name ×
fg foreground color name ×
font font commands ×
mode set mode for row cells: math, imath, dmath or text ×
$ same as mode=math ×
$$ same as mode=dmath ×
cmd execute command for every cell text ×
abovesep set vertical space above the row 2pt
abovesep+ increase vertical space above the row ×
belowsep set vertical space below the row 2pt
belowsep+ increase vertical space below the row ×
rowsep set vertical space above and below the row 2pt
rowsep+ increase vertical space above and below the row ×
preto prepend text to every cell (like > specier in rowspec) ×
appto append text to every cell (like < specier in rowspec) ×
Key Description and Values Initial Value
Note: In most cases, you can omit the underlined key names and write only their values.
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 21
Table 2.9: Keys for Columns
halign horizontal alignment: l (left), c (center), r (right) or j (justify) j
valign vertical alignment: t (top), m (middle), b (bottom), h (head) or f (foot) t
wd width dimension ×
co coecient for the extendable column (X column) ×
bg background color name ×
fg foreground color name ×
font font commands ×
mode set mode for column cells: math, imath, dmath or text ×
$ same as mode=math ×
$$ same as mode=dmath ×
cmd execute command for every cell text ×
leftsep set horizontal space to the left of the column 6pt
leftsep+ increase horizontal space to the left of the column ×
rightsep set horizontal space to the right of the column 6pt
rightsep+ increase horizontal space to the right of the column ×
colsep set horizontal space to both sides of the column 6pt
colsep+ increase horizontal space to both sides of the column ×
preto prepend text to every cell (like > specier in colspec) ×
appto append text to every cell (like < specier in colspec) ×
Key Description and Values Initial Value
Note: In most cases, you can omit the underlined key names and write only their values.
2.5.1 Rows and Columns in New Interfaces
Options rows and columns are for setting all rows and columns, respectively.
\begin{tblr}{
hlines, vlines,
rows = {7mm}, columns = {15mm,c},
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Options row{i} and column{j} are for setting some rows and columns, respectively.
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 22
\begin{tblr}{
hlines = {1pt,white},
row{odd} = {blue7},
row{even} = {azure7},
column{1} = {purple7,c},
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
Nu & Xi & Omicron & Pi \\
Rho & Sigma & Tau & Upsilon \\
Phi & Chi & Psi & Omega \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Nu Xi Omicron Pi
Rho Sigma Tau Upsilon
Phi Chi Psi Omega
The following example demonstrates the usages of bg, fg and font keys:
\begin{tblr}{
row{odd} = {bg=azure8},
row{1} = {bg=azure3, fg=white, font=\sffamily},
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Delta & Epsilon & Zeta \\
Eta & Theta & Iota \\
Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
Nu Xi Omicron & Pi Rho Sigma & Tau Upsilon Phi \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma
Delta Epsilon Zeta
Eta Theta Iota
Kappa Lambda Mu
Nu Xi Omicron Pi Rho Sigma Tau Upsilon Phi
The following example demonstrates the usages of mode key:
$\begin{tblr}{
column{1} = {mode=text},
column{3} = {mode=dmath},
}
\hline
Alpha & \frac12 & \frac12 \\
Epsilon & \frac34 & \frac34 \\
Iota & \frac56 & \frac56 \\
\hline
\end{tblr}$
Alpha
1
2
1
2
Epsilon
3
4
3
4
Iota
5
6
5
6
The following example demonstrates the usages of abovesep, belowsep, leftsep, rightsep keys:
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 23
\begin{tblr}{
hlines, vlines,
rows = {abovesep=1pt,belowsep=5pt},
columns = {leftsep=1pt,rightsep=5pt},
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
The following example shows that we can replace \\[dimen] with belowsep+ key.
\begin{tblr}{
hlines, row{2} = {belowsep+=5pt},
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
2.5.2 Rows and Columns in Old Interfaces
The \SetRow command has a mandatory argument for setting the styles of current row. The available
keys are described in Table 2.8.
\begin{tblr}{llll}
\hline[1pt]
\SetRow{azure8} Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\hline
\SetRow{blue8,c} Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
\hline
\SetRow{violet8} Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\hline[1pt]
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
In fact, table command \SetRow{<styles>} at the beginning of row i is the same as table option
row{i}={<styles>}.
Also, table command \SetRows{<styles>} at the beginning of some row is the same as table option
rows={<styles>}.
The usages of table commands \SetColumn and \SetColumns are similar to those of \SetRow and
\SetRows, respectively. But normally you don’t need to use them.
2.6 Colspec and Rowspec
Options colspec/rowspec are for setting column/row specications with column/row type speciers.
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 24
2.6.1 Colspec and Width
Option width is for setting the width of the table with extendable columns. The following example
demonstrates the usage of width option.
\begin{tblr}{width=0.8\textwidth, colspec={|l|X[2]|X[3]|X[-1]|}}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
You can omit colspec name if it is the only key you use inside the mandatory argument. The following
example demonstrates the usages of $ and $$ keys:
\begin{tblr}{Q[l]Q[r,$]Q[r,$$]}
\hline
Alpha & \frac12 & \frac12 \\
Epsilon & \frac34 & \frac34 \\
Iota & \frac56 & \frac56 \\
\hline
\end{tblr}
Alpha
1
2
1
2
Epsilon
3
4
3
4
Iota
5
6
5
6
2.6.2 Column Types
The tabularray package has only one type of primitive column: the Q column. Other types of columns
are dened as Q columns with some keys.
\NewColumnType{l}{Q[l]}
\NewColumnType{c}{Q[c]}
\NewColumnType{r}{Q[r]}
\NewColumnType{t}[1]{Q[t,wd=#1]}
\NewColumnType{m}[1]{Q[m,wd=#1]}
\NewColumnType{b}[1]{Q[b,wd=#1]}
\NewColumnType{h}[1]{Q[h,wd=#1]}
\NewColumnType{f}[1]{Q[f,wd=#1]}
\NewColumnType{X}[1][]{Q[co=1,#1]}
\begin{tblr}{|t{15mm}|m{15mm}|b{20mm}|}
Alpha & Beta & {Gamma\\Gamma} \\
Epsilon & Zeta & {Eta\\Eta} \\
Iota & Kappa & {Lambda\\Lambda} \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta
Gamma
Gamma
Epsilon Zeta
Eta
Eta
Iota Kappa
Lambda
Lambda
Any new column type must be dened with \NewColumnType command. It can have an optional argument
when it’s dened.
2.6.3 Row Types
The tabularray package has only one type of primitive row: the Q row. Other types of rows are dened
as Q rows with some keys.
CHAPTER 2. BASIC INTERFACES 25
\NewRowType{l}{Q[l]}
\NewRowType{c}{Q[c]}
\NewRowType{r}{Q[r]}
\NewRowType{t}[1]{Q[t,ht=#1]}
\NewRowType{m}[1]{Q[m,ht=#1]}
\NewRowType{b}[1]{Q[b,ht=#1]}
\NewRowType{h}[1]{Q[h,ht=#1]}
\NewRowType{f}[1]{Q[f,ht=#1]}
\begin{tblr}{rowspec={|t{12mm}|m{10mm}|b{10mm}|}}
Alpha & Beta & {Gamma\\Gamma} \\
Epsilon & Zeta & {Eta\\Eta} \\
Iota & Kappa & {Lambda\\Lambda} \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma
Gamma
Epsilon Zeta
Eta
Eta
Iota Kappa
Lambda
Lambda
Any new row type must be dened with \NewRowType command. It can have an optional argument when
it’s dened.
Chapter 3
Extra Interfaces
In general, tblr environment can accepts both inner and outer specications:
\begin{tblr}[<outer specs>]{<inner specs>}
<table body>
\end{tblr}
Inner specications are all specications written in the mandatory argument of tblr environment,
which include new interfaces described in Chapter 2.
Outer specications are all specications written in the optional argument of tblr environment, most
of which are used for long tables (see Chapter 4).
You can use \SetTblrInner and \SetTblrOuter commands to set default inner and outer specications
of tables, respectively (see Section 3.3).
3.1 Inner Specications
In addition to new interfaces in Chapter 2, there are several inner specications which are described in
Table 3.1.
Table 3.1: Keys for Inner Specications
rulesep space between two hlines or vlines 2pt
stretch stretch ratio for struts added to cell text 1
abovesep set vertical space above every row 2pt
belowsep set vertical space below every row 2pt
rowsep set vertical space above and below every row 2pt
leftsep set horizontal space to the left of every column 6pt
rightsep set horizontal space to the right of every column 6pt
colsep set horizontal space to both sides of every column 6pt
hspan horizontal span algorithm: default, even, or minimal default
vspan vertical span algorithm: default or even default
baseline set the baseline of the table m
Key Description and Values Initial Value
26
CHAPTER 3. EXTRA INTERFACES 27
3.1.1 Space between Double Rules
The following example shows that we can replace \doublerulesep parameter with rulesep key.
\begin{tblr}{
colspec={||llll||},rowspec={|QQQ|},rulesep=4pt,
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
3.1.2 Minimal Strut for Cell Text
The following example shows that we can replace \arraystretch parameter with stretch key.
\begin{tblr}{hlines,stretch=1.5}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
By replacing stretch with row heights, we can get perfect vertical centering for your numerical tables.
\begin{tblr}{hlines, stretch=0, rows={ht=\baselineskip}}
2021 & 2022 & 2023 \\
0.4 & 0.5 & 0.6 \\
1.1 & 2.2 & 3.3 \\
\end{tblr}
2021 2022 2023
0.4 0.5 0.6
1.1 2.2 3.3
3.1.3 Rowseps and Colseps for All
The following example uses rowsep and colsep keys to set padding for all rows and columns.
\SetTblrInner{rowsep=2pt,colsep=2pt}
\begin{tblr}{hlines,vlines}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
3.1.4 Hspan and Vspan Algorithms
With hspan=default or hspan=even, tabularray package will compute column widths from span widths.
But with hspan=minimal, it will compute span widths from column widths. The following examples show
the results from dierent hspan values.
CHAPTER 3. EXTRA INTERFACES 28
\SetTblrInner{hlines, vlines, hspan=default}
\begin{tblr}{cell{2}{1}={c=2}{l},cell{3}{1}={c=3}{l},cell{4}{2}={c=2}{l}}
111 111 & 222 222 & 333 333 \\
12 Multi Columns Multi Columns 12 & & 333 \\
13 Multi Columns Multi Columns Multi Columns 13 & & \\
111 & 23 Multi Columns Multi Columns 23 & \\
\end{tblr}
111 111 222 222 333 333
12 Multi Columns Multi Columns 12 333
13 Multi Columns Multi Columns Multi Columns 13
111 23 Multi Columns Multi Columns 23
\SetTblrInner{hlines, vlines, hspan=even}
\begin{tblr}{cell{2}{1}={c=2}{l},cell{3}{1}={c=3}{l},cell{4}{2}={c=2}{l}}
111 111 & 222 222 & 333 333 \\
12 Multi Columns Multi Columns 12 & & 333 \\
13 Multi Columns Multi Columns Multi Columns 13 & & \\
111 & 23 Multi Columns Multi Columns 23 & \\
\end{tblr}
111 111 222 222 333 333
12 Multi Columns Multi Columns 12 333
13 Multi Columns Multi Columns Multi Columns 13
111 23 Multi Columns Multi Columns 23
\SetTblrInner{hlines, vlines, hspan=minimal}
\begin{tblr}{cell{2}{1}={c=2}{l},cell{3}{1}={c=3}{l},cell{4}{2}={c=2}{l}}
111 111 & 222 222 & 333 333 \\
12 Multi Columns Multi Columns 12 & & 333 \\
13 Multi Columns Multi Columns Multi Columns 13 & & \\
111 & 23 Multi Columns Multi Columns 23 & \\
\end{tblr}
111 111 222 222 333 333
12 Multi Columns
Multi Columns 12
333
13 Multi Columns Multi
Columns Multi Columns 13
111 23 Multi Columns
Multi Columns 23
CHAPTER 3. EXTRA INTERFACES 29
The following examples show the results from dierent vspan values.
\SetTblrInner{hlines, vlines, vspan=default}
\begin{tblr}{column{2}={3.25cm}, cell{2}{2}={r=3}{l}}
Column1 & Column2 \\
Row1 & Long text that needs multiple lines.
Long text that needs multiple lines.
Long text that needs multiple lines. \\
Row2 & \\
Row3 & \\
Row4 & Short text \\
\end{tblr}
Column1 Column2
Row1 Long text that needs
multiple lines. Long
text that needs
multiple lines. Long
text that needs
multiple lines.
Row2
Row3
Row4 Short text
\SetTblrInner{hlines, vlines, vspan=even}
\begin{tblr}{column{2}={3.25cm}, cell{2}{2}={r=3}{l}}
Column1 & Column2 \\
Row1 & Long text that needs multiple lines.
Long text that needs multiple lines.
Long text that needs multiple lines. \\
Row2 & \\
Row3 & \\
Row4 & Short text \\
\end{tblr}
Column1 Column2
Row1
Long text that needs
multiple lines. Long
text that needs
multiple lines. Long
text that needs
multiple lines.
Row2
Row3
Row4 Short text
3.1.5 Use Verbatim Commands
The inner key verb is obsolete from version 2023A, and will be removed in the future. Instead you can
use more reliable \fakeverb command (see Section 6.2).
3.1.6 Set Baseline for the Table
With baseline key, you can set baseline for the table. All possible values for baseline are as follows:
t align the table at the top
T align the table at the rst row
m align the table at the middle, initial value
b align the table at the bottom
B align the table at the last row
<n> align the table at row <n> (a positive integer)
If there is no hline above the rst row, you get the same result with either t or T. But you get dierent
results if there are one or more hlines above the row:
Baseline\begin{tblr}{hlines,baseline=t}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}Baseline
Baseline
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Baseline
Baseline\begin{tblr}{hlines,baseline=T}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}Baseline
Baseline Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Baseline
CHAPTER 3. EXTRA INTERFACES 30
The dierences between b and B are similar to t and T. In fact, these two values T and B are better
replacements for currently obsolete \firsthline and \lasthline commands.
3.2 Outer Specications
Except for specications to be introduced in Chapter 4, there are several other outer specications which
are described in Table 3.2.
Table 3.2: Keys for Outer Specications
baseline set the baseline of the table m
long change the table to a long table ×
tall change the table to a tall table ×
expand you need this key to use verb commands ×
expand+ like expand but appends to previous values ×
Key Description and Values Initial Value
3.2.1 Set Baseline in Another Way
You may notice that you can write baseline option as either an inner or an outer specication. It is
true that either way would do the job. But there is a small dierence: when baseline=t/T/m/b/B is an
outer specication, you can omit the key name and write the value only.
Baseline\begin{tblr}[m]{hlines}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}Baseline
Baseline
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Baseline
3.2.2 Long and Tall Tables
You can change a table to long table by passing outer specication long, or change it to tall table by
passing outer specication tall (see Chapter 4). Therefore the following two tables are the same:
\begin{longtblr}{lcr}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma
\end{longtblr}
\begin{tblr}[long]{lcr}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma
\end{tblr}
3.2.3 Expand Macros First
In contrast to traditional tabular environment, tabularray environments need to see every & and \\
when splitting the table body with l3regex. And you can not put cell text inside any table command
dened with \NewTableCommand. But you could use outer key expand to make tabularray expand every
occurrence of any of the specied macros once and in the given oder before splitting the table body. Note
that you can not expand a command dened with \NewDocumentCommand. You can also use expand+ if
you still want to keep the macros in the current expand setting.
To expand a command without optional argument, you can dene it with \newcommand.
CHAPTER 3. EXTRA INTERFACES 31
\newcommand*\tblrrowa{
20 & 30 & 40 \\
}
\newcommand*\tblrrowb{
50 & 60 & 70 \\
}
\newcommand*\tblrbody{
\hline
\tblrrowa
\tblrrowb
\hline
}
\SetTblrOuter{expand=\tblrbody\tblrrowa}
\begin{tblr}[expand+=\tblrrowb]{ccc}
\hline
AA & BB & CC \\
\tblrbody
DD & EE & FF \\
\tblrbody
GG & HH & II \\
\hline
\end{tblr}
AA BB CC
20 30 40
50 60 70
DD EE FF
20 30 40
50 60 70
GG HH II
To expand commands with optional arguments, you can not dene them with \newcommand. But you can
dene them with \NewExpandableDocumentCommand, and use option expand=\expanded to do exhaustive
expansions.
\NewExpandableDocumentCommand\yes{O{Yes}m}{\SetCell{bg=green9}#1}
\NewExpandableDocumentCommand\no{O{No}m}{\SetCell{bg=red9}#1}
\begin{tblr}[expand=\expanded]{hlines}
What I get & is below \\
\expanded{\yes{}} & \expanded{\no{}} \\
\expanded{\yes[Great]{}} & \expanded{\no[Bad]{}}
\end{tblr}
What I get is below
Yes No
Great Bad
Note that you need to protect fragile commands (if any) inside them with \unexpanded command.
3.3 Default Specications
Tabularray package provides \SetTblrInner and \SetTblrOuter commands for you to change the
default inner and outer specications of tables.
In general dierent tabularray environments (tblr, talltblr, longtblr, etc) could have dierent
default specications. You can list the environments in the optional arguments of these two commands,
and they only apply to tblr environment when the optional arguments are omitted.
In the following example, the rst line draws all hlines and vlines for all tblr tables created afterwards,
while the second line makes all tblr tables created afterwards vertically align at the last row.
\SetTblrInner{hlines,vlines}
\SetTblrOuter{baseline=B}
And the following example sets zero rowsep for all tblr and longtblr tables created afterwards.
CHAPTER 3. EXTRA INTERFACES 32
\SetTblrInner[tblr,longtblr]{rowsep=0pt}
3.4 New Tabularray Environments
You can dene new tabularray environments using \NewTblrEnviron command:
\NewTblrEnviron{mytblr}
\SetTblrInner[mytblr]{hlines,vlines}
\SetTblrOuter[mytblr]{baseline=B}
Text \begin{mytblr}{cccc}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\end{mytblr} Text
Text
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu Text
3.5 New General Environments
With +b argument type of \NewDocumentEnvironment command, you can also dene a new general
environment based on tblr environment (note that there is an extra pair of curly braces at the end):
\NewDocumentEnvironment{fancytblr}{+b}{
Before Text
\begin{tblr}{hlines}
#1
\end{tblr}
After Text
}{}
\begin{fancytblr}
One & Two & Three \\
Four & Five & Six \\
Seven & Eight & Nine \\
\end{fancytblr}
Before Text
One Two Three
Four Five Six
Seven Eight Nine
After Text
3.6 New Table Commands
All commands which change the specications of tables must be dened with \NewTableCommand. The
following example demonstrates how to dene a new table command:
\NewTableCommand\myhline{\hline[0.1em,red5]}
\begin{tblr}{llll}
\myhline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\myhline
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
3.7 Odd and Even Selectors
From version 2022A, child selectors odd and even accept an optional argument, in which you can specify
the start index and the end index of the children.
CHAPTER 3. EXTRA INTERFACES 33
\begin{tblr}{
cell{odd}{1} = {red9},
cell{odd[4]}{2} = {green9},
cell{odd[3-X]}{3} = {blue9},
}
Head & Head & Head \\
Talk A & Place A & Date A \\
Talk B & Place B & Date B \\
Talk C & Place C & Date C \\
Talk D & Place D & Date D \\
Talk E & Place E & Date E \\
Talk F & Place F & Date F \\
Talk G & Place G & Date G \\
Talk H & Place H & Date H \\
\end{tblr}
Head Head Head
Talk A Place A Date A
Talk B Place B Date B
Talk C Place C Date C
Talk D Place D Date D
Talk E Place E Date E
Talk F Place F Date F
Talk G Place G Date G
Talk H Place H Date H
\begin{tblr}{
cell{even}{1} = {yellow9},
cell{even[4]}{2} = {cyan9},
cell{even[3-X]}{3} = {purple9},
}
Head & Head & Head \\
Talk A & Place A & Date A \\
Talk B & Place B & Date B \\
Talk C & Place C & Date C \\
Talk D & Place D & Date D \\
Talk E & Place E & Date E \\
Talk F & Place F & Date F \\
Talk G & Place G & Date G \\
Talk H & Place H & Date H \\
\end{tblr}
Head Head Head
Talk A Place A Date A
Talk B Place B Date B
Talk C Place C Date C
Talk D Place D Date D
Talk E Place E Date E
Talk F Place F Date F
Talk G Place G Date G
Talk H Place H Date H
3.8 Counters and Lengths
Counters rownum, colnum, rowcount, colcount can be used in cell text:
\begin{tblr}{hlines}
Cell[\arabic{rownum}][\arabic{colnum}] & Cell[\arabic{rownum}][\arabic{colnum}] &
Cell[\arabic{rownum}][\arabic{colnum}] & Cell[\arabic{rownum}][\arabic{colnum}] \\
Row=\arabic{rowcount}, Col=\arabic{colcount} &
Row=\arabic{rowcount}, Col=\arabic{colcount} &
Row=\arabic{rowcount}, Col=\arabic{colcount} &
Row=\arabic{rowcount}, Col=\arabic{colcount} \\
Cell[\arabic{rownum}][\arabic{colnum}] & Cell[\arabic{rownum}][\arabic{colnum}] &
Cell[\arabic{rownum}][\arabic{colnum}] & Cell[\arabic{rownum}][\arabic{colnum}] \\
\end{tblr}
Cell[1][1] Cell[1][2] Cell[1][3] Cell[1][4]
Row=3, Col=4 Row=3, Col=4 Row=3, Col=4 Row=3, Col=4
Cell[3][1] Cell[3][2] Cell[3][3] Cell[3][4]
Also, lengths \leftsep, \rightsep, \abovesep, \belowsep can be used in cell text.
CHAPTER 3. EXTRA INTERFACES 34
3.9 Tracing Tabularray
To trace internal data behind tblr environment, you can use \SetTblrTracing command. For example,
\SetTblrTracing{all} will turn on all tracings, and \SetTblrTracing{none} will turn o all tracings.
\SetTblrTracing{+row,+column} will only tracing row and column data. All tracing messages will be
written to the log les.
Chapter 4
Use Long Tables
4.1 A Simple Example
To make a decent long table with header and footer, it is better to separate header/footer as table head/foot
(which includes caption, footnotes, continuation text) and row head/foot (which includes some rows of
the table that should appear in every page). By this approach, alternating row colors work as expected.
Table 4.1: A Long Long Long Long Long Long Long Table
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta
a
Eta
Iota Kappa
†
Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Head Head Head
Head Head Head
Foot Foot Foot
Continued on next page
35
CHAPTER 4. USE LONG TABLES 36
Table 4.1: A Long Long Long Long Long Long Long Table (Continued)
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Head Head Head
Head Head Head
Foot Foot Foot
Continued on next page
CHAPTER 4. USE LONG TABLES 37
Table 4.1: A Long Long Long Long Long Long Long Table (Continued)
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
Nu Xi Omicron
Rho Sigma Tau
Phi Chi Psi
Head Head Head
Head Head Head
Foot Foot Foot
a
It is the rst footnote.
†
It is the second long long long long long long footnote.
Note: Some general note. Some general note. Some general note.
Source: Made up by myself. Made up by myself. Made up by myself.
As you can see in the above example, the appearance of long tables of tabularray package is similar to
that of threeparttablex packages. It supports table footnotes, but not page footnotes.
CHAPTER 4. USE LONG TABLES 38
The source code for the above long table is shown below. It is mainly self-explanatory.
\NewTblrTheme{fancy}{
\SetTblrStyle{firsthead}{font=\bfseries}
\SetTblrStyle{firstfoot}{fg=blue2}
\SetTblrStyle{middlefoot}{\itshape}
\SetTblrStyle{caption-tag}{red2}
}
\begin{longtblr}[
theme = fancy,
caption = {A Long Long Long Long Long Long Long Table},
entry = {Short Caption},
label = {tblr:test},
note{a} = {It is the first footnote.},
note{$\dag$} = {It is the second long long long long long long footnote.},
remark{Note} = {Some general note. Some general note. Some general note.},
remark{Source} = {Made up by myself. Made up by myself. Made up by myself.},
]{
colspec = {XXX}, width = 0.85\linewidth,
rowhead = 2, rowfoot = 1,
row{odd} = {gray9}, row{even} = {brown9},
row{1-2} = {purple7}, row{Z} = {blue7},
}
\hline
Head & Head & Head \\
\hline
Head & Head & Head \\
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
\hline
Epsilon & Zeta\TblrNote{a} & Eta \\
\hline
Iota & Kappa\TblrNote{$\dag$} & Lambda \\
\hline
Nu & Xi & Omicron \\
\hline
Rho & Sigma & Tau \\
\hline
Phi & Chi & Psi \\
\hline
......
\hline
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
\hline
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
\hline
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\hline
Nu & Xi & Omicron \\
\hline
Rho & Sigma & Tau \\
\hline
Phi & Chi & Psi \\
\hline
Foot & Foot & Foot \\
\hline
\end{longtblr}
CHAPTER 4. USE LONG TABLES 39
As you can see in the above code, we typeset long tables with longtblr environment. And we can totally
separate contents and styles of long tables with tabularray package.
Row head and row foot consist of some lines of the table and should appear in every page. Their options
are inner specications and should be put in the mandatory argument of the longtblr environment. In
the above example, We set rowhead=2 and rowfoot=1.
Table 4.2: Inner Specications for Row Heads and Row Foots
rowhead number of the rst rows of the table appear in every page 0
rowfoot number of the last rows of the table appear in every page 0
Key Name Key Description Initial Value
Table head and table foot consist of the caption, continuation text, footnotes and remarks. Their options
are outer specications and should be put in the optional argument of the longtblr environment.
Table 4.3: Outer Specications for Table Heads and Table Foots
headsep vertical space between table head and table body 6pt
footsep vertical space between table foot and table body 6pt
presep vertical space between table head and the above text 1.5\bigskipamount
postsep vertical space between table foot and the below text 1.5\bigskipamount
theme table theme (including settings for templates and styles) ×
caption table caption ×
entry short table caption to be put in List of Tables ×
label table label ×
note{<name>} table note with <name> as tag ×
remark{<name>} table remark with <name> as tag ×
Key Name Key Description Initial Value
If you write entry=none, tabularray package will not add an entry in List of Tables. Therefore
caption=text,entry=none is similar to \caption[]{text} in longtable.
If you write label=none, tabularray package will not step table counter, and set the caption-tag
and caption-sep elements (see below) to empty. Therefore caption=text,entry=none,label=none is
similar to \caption*{text} in longtable, except for the counter.
4.2 Customize Templates
4.2.1 Overview of Templates
The template system for table heads and table foots in tabularray is largely inspired by beamer, caption
and longtable packages. For elements in Table 4.4, you can use \DefTblrTemplate
1
to dene and
modify templates, and use \SetTblrTemplate to choose default templates. In dening templates, you
can include other templates with \UseTblrTemplate and \ExpTblrTemplate commands.
1
From version 2022A, \DefTblrTemplate has another name \DeclareTblrTemplate.
CHAPTER 4. USE LONG TABLES 40
Table 4.4: Elements for Table Heads and Table Foots
contfoot-text continuation text in the foot, normally “Continued on next page”
contfoot continuation paragraph in the foot, normally including contfoot-text template
conthead-text continuation text in the head, normally “(Continued)”
conthead continuation paragraph in the head, normally including conthead-text template
caption-tag caption tag, normally like “Table 4.2”
caption-sep caption separator, normally like “: ”
caption-text caption text, normally using user provided value
caption including caption-tag + caption-sep + caption-text
note-tag note tag, normally using user provided value
note-sep note separator, normally like “ ”
note-text note tag, normally using user provided value
note including note-tag + note-sep + note-text
remark-tag remark tag, normally using user provided value
remark-sep remark separator, normally like “: ”
remark-text remark text, normally using user provided value
remark including remark-tag + remark-sep + remark-text
firsthead table head on the rst page, normally including caption template
middlehead table head on middle pages, normally including caption and conthead templates
lasthead table head on the last page, normally including caption and conthead templates
head setting all of firsthead, middlehead and lasthead
firstfoot table foot on the rst page, normally including contfoot template
middlefoot table foot on middle pages, normally including contfoot template
lastfoot table foot on the last page, normally including note and remark templates
foot setting all of firstfoot, middlefoot and lastfoot
Element Name Element Description and Default Template
An element which only includes short text is called a sub element. Normally there is one - in the name
of a sub element. An element which includes one or more paragraphs is called a main element. Normally
there isn’t any - in the name of a main element.
For each of the above elements, two templates normal and empty are always dened. You can select one
of them with \SetTblrTemplate command.
4.2.2 Continuation Templates
Let us have a look at the code for dening templates of continuation text rst:
2
\DefTblrTemplate{contfoot-text}{normal}{Continued on next page}
\SetTblrTemplate{contfoot-text}{normal}
\DefTblrTemplate{conthead-text}{normal}{(Continued)}
\SetTblrTemplate{conthead-text}{normal}
In the above code, command \DefTblrTemplate denes the templates with name normal, and then
command \SetTblrTemplate sets the templates with name normal as default. The normal template is
always dened and set as default for any element in tabularray. Therefore you had better use another
name when dening new templates.
2
To tell the truth, the default conthead-text and contfoot-text are actually stored in commands \tblrcontheadname
and \tblrcontfootname respectively. And you may contribute your translations of them to babel package.
CHAPTER 4. USE LONG TABLES 41
If you use default as template name in \DefTblrTemplate, you dene and set it as default at the same
time. Therefore the above code can be written in another way:
\DefTblrTemplate{contfoot-text}{default}{Continued on next page}
\DefTblrTemplate{conthead-text}{default}{(Continued)}
You may modify the code to customize continuation text to t your needs.
The templates for contfoot and conthead normally include the templates of their sub elements with
\UseTblrTemplate commands. But you can also handle user settings such as horizontal alignment here.
\DefTblrTemplate{contfoot}{default}{\UseTblrTemplate{contfoot-text}{default}}
\DefTblrTemplate{conthead}{default}{\UseTblrTemplate{conthead-text}{default}}
4.2.3 Caption Templates
Normally a caption consists of three parts, and their templates are dened with the follow code:
\DefTblrTemplate{caption-tag}{default}{Table\hspace{0.25em}\thetable}
\DefTblrTemplate{caption-sep}{default}{:\enskip}
\DefTblrTemplate{caption-text}{default}{\InsertTblrText{caption}}
The command \InsertTblrText{caption} inserts the value of caption key, which you could write in
the optional argument of longtblr environment.
The caption template normally includes three sub templates with \UseTblrTemplate commands: The
caption template will be used in firsthead template.
\DefTblrTemplate{caption}{default}{
\UseTblrTemplate{caption-tag}{default}
\UseTblrTemplate{caption-sep}{default}
\UseTblrTemplate{caption-text}{default}
}
Furthermore capcont template includes conthead template as well. The capcont template will be used
in middlehead and lasthead templates.
\DefTblrTemplate{capcont}{default}{
\UseTblrTemplate{caption-tag}{default}
\UseTblrTemplate{caption-sep}{default}
\UseTblrTemplate{caption-text}{default}
\UseTblrTemplate{conthead-text}{default}
}
4.2.4 Note and Remark Templates
The templates for table notes can be dened like this:
\DefTblrTemplate{note-tag}{default}{\textsuperscript{\InsertTblrNoteTag}}
\DefTblrTemplate{note-sep}{default}{\space}
\DefTblrTemplate{note-text}{default}{\InsertTblrNoteText}
CHAPTER 4. USE LONG TABLES 42
\DefTblrTemplate{note}{default}{
\MapTblrNotes{
\noindent
\UseTblrTemplate{note-tag}{default}
\UseTblrTemplate{note-sep}{default}
\UseTblrTemplate{note-text}{default}
\par
}
}
The \MapTblrNotes command loops for all table notes, which are written in the optional argument of
longtblr environment. Inside the loop, you can use \InsertTblrNoteTag and \InsertTblrNoteText
commands to insert current note tag and note text, respectively.
The denition of remark templates are similar to note templates.
\DefTblrTemplate{remark-tag}{default}{\InsertTblrRemarkTag}
\DefTblrTemplate{remark-sep}{default}{:\space}
\DefTblrTemplate{remark-text}{default}{\InsertTblrRemarkText}
\DefTblrTemplate{remark}{default}{
\MapTblrRemarks{
\noindent
\UseTblrTemplate{remark-tag}{default}
\UseTblrTemplate{remark-sep}{default}
\UseTblrTemplate{remark-text}{default}
\par
}
}
4.2.5 Head and Foot Templates
The templates for table heads and foots are dened as including other templates:
\DefTblrTemplate{firsthead}{default}{
\UseTblrTemplate{caption}{default}
}
\DefTblrTemplate{middlehead,lasthead}{default}{
\UseTblrTemplate{capcont}{default}
}
\DefTblrTemplate{firstfoot,middlefoot}{default}{
\UseTblrTemplate{contfoot}{default}
}
\DefTblrTemplate{lastfoot}{default}{
\UseTblrTemplate{note}{default}
\UseTblrTemplate{remark}{default}
}
Note that you can dene the same template for multiple elements in \DefTblrTemplate command. If
you only want to show table caption in the rst page, you may change the denitions of middlehead and
lasthead elements:
\DefTblrTemplate{middlehead,lasthead}{default}{
\UseTblrTemplate{conthead}{default}
}
CHAPTER 4. USE LONG TABLES 43
4.3 Change Styles
All available keys for template elements are described in Table 4.5.
Table 4.5: Keys for the Styles of Elements
fg foreground color ×
font font commands ×
halign horizontal alignment: l (left), c (center), r (right) or j (justify) j
indent parindent value 0pt
hang hangindent value 0pt or 0.7em
Key Name Key Description Initial Value
Note: In most cases, you can omit the underlined key names and write only their values. The keys
halign, indent and hang are only for main templates.
You may change the styles of elements with \SetTblrStyle command:
\SetTblrStyle{firsthead}{font=\bfseries}
\SetTblrStyle{firstfoot}{fg=blue2}
\SetTblrStyle{middlefoot}{\itshape}
\SetTblrStyle{caption-tag}{red2}
When you write \UseTblrTemplate{element}{default} in dening a template, beside including tem-
plate code of the element, the foreground color and font commands of the element will be set up
automatically. In contrast, \ExpTblrTemplate{element}{default} will only include template code.
4.4 Dene Themes
You may dene your own themes for table heads and foots with \NewTblrTheme command. a theme
consists of some template and style settings. For example:
\NewTblrTheme{fancy}{
\DefTblrTemplate{conthead}{default}{[Continued]}
\SetTblrStyle{firsthead}{font=\bfseries}
\SetTblrStyle{firstfoot}{fg=blue2}
\SetTblrStyle{middlefoot}{\itshape}
\SetTblrStyle{caption-tag}{red2}
}
After dening the theme fancy, you can use it by writing theme=fancy in the optional argument of
longtblr environment.
4.5 Control Page Breaks
Just like longtable package, inside longtblr environment, you can use \\* or \nopagebreak to prohibit
a page break, and use \pagebreak to force a page break.
4.6 Floatable Tall Tables
There is also a talltblr environment as an alternative to threeparttable environment. It can not
cross multiple pages, but it can be put inside table environment.
CHAPTER 4. USE LONG TABLES 44
TEXT\begin{talltblr}[
caption = {Long Long Long Long Tabular},
entry = {Short Caption},
label = {tblr:tall},
note{a} = {It is the first footnote.},
note{$\dag$} = {It is the second long long long long long long footnote.},
]{
colspec = {XXX}, width = 0.5\linewidth, hlines,
}
Alpha & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta\TblrNote{a} \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda\TblrNote{$\dag$} \\
\end{talltblr}TEXT
TEXT
Table 4.6: Long Long Long Long Tabular
Alpha Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
a
Iota Kappa Lambda
†
a
It is the rst footnote.
†
It is the second long long long long long long foot-
note.
TEXT
Chapter 5
Use Some Libraries
The tabularray package emulates or xes some commands in other packages. To avoid potential conict,
you need to enable them with \UseTblrLibrary command.
5.1 Library amsmath
With \UseTblrLibrary{amsmath} in the preamble of the document, tabularray will load amsmath
package, and dene +array, +matrix, +bmatrix, +Bmatrix, +pmatrix, +vmatrix, +Vmatrix and +cases
environments. Each of the environments is similar to the environment without + prex in its name, but
has default rowsep=2pt just as tblr environment. Every environment except +array accepts an optional
argument, where you can write inner specications.
$\begin{pmatrix}
\dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{1}{3} \\
\dfrac{2}{3} & -\dfrac{1}{3} & -\dfrac{2}{3} \\
\dfrac{1}{3} & -\dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{2}{3} \\
\end{pmatrix}$
2
3
2
3
1
3
2
3
−
1
3
−
2
3
1
3
−
2
3
2
3
$\begin{+pmatrix}[cells={r},row{2}={purple8}]
\dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{1}{3} \\
\dfrac{2}{3} & -\dfrac{1}{3} & -\dfrac{2}{3} \\
\dfrac{1}{3} & -\dfrac{2}{3} & \dfrac{2}{3} \\
\end{+pmatrix}$
2
3
2
3
1
3
2
3
−
1
3
−
2
3
1
3
−
2
3
2
3
$f(x)=\begin{cases}
0, & x=1; \\
\dfrac{1}{3}, & x=2; \\
\dfrac{2}{3}, & x=3; \\
1, & x=4. \\
\end{cases}$
f(x) =
0, x = 1;
1
3
, x = 2;
2
3
, x = 3;
1, x = 4.
$f(x)=\begin{+cases}
0, & x=1; \\
\dfrac{1}{3}, & x=2; \\
\dfrac{2}{3}, & x=3; \\
1, & x=4. \\
\end{+cases}$
f(x) =
0, x = 1;
1
3
, x = 2;
2
3
, x = 3;
1, x = 4.
45
CHAPTER 5. USE SOME LIBRARIES 46
5.2 Library booktabs
With \UseTblrLibrary{booktabs} in the preamble of the document, tabularray will load booktabs
package, and dene \toprule, \midrule, \bottomrule and \cmidrule inside tblr environment.
\begin{tblr}{llll}
\toprule
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\midrule
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
\cmidrule{1-3}
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\cmidrule{2-4}
Nu & Xi & Omicron & Pi \\
\bottomrule
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Nu Xi Omicron Pi
Just like \hline and \cline commands, you can also specify rule width and color in the optional argument
of any of these commands.
\begin{tblr}{llll}
\toprule[2pt,purple3]
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\midrule[blue3]
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
\cmidrule[azure3]{2-3}
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\bottomrule[2pt,purple3]
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
If you need more than one \cmidrules, you can use \cmidrulemore command.
\begin{tblr}{llll}
\toprule
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\cmidrule{1-3} \cmidrulemore{2-4}
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
\cmidrule{1-3} \morecmidrules \cmidrule{2-4}
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\bottomrule
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
From version 2021N (2021-09-01), trim options (l, r, lr) for \cmidrule command are also supported.
\begin{tblr}{llll}
\toprule
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\cmidrule[lr]{1-2} \cmidrule[lr=-0.4]{3-4}
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
\cmidrule[r]{1-2} \cmidrule[l]{3-4}
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\bottomrule
\end{tblr}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
Note that you need to put l, r or lr option into the square brackets. and the possible values are decimal
numbers between -1 and 0, where -1 means trimming the whole colsep, and 0 means no trimming. The
default value is -0.8, which makes similar result as booktabs package does.
There is also a booktabs environment for you. With this environment, the default rowsep=0pt, but extra
CHAPTER 5. USE SOME LIBRARIES 47
vertical space will be added by \toprule, \midrule, \bottomrule and \cmidrule commands. The sizes
of vertical space are determined by \aboverulesep and \belowrulesep dimensions.
\begin{booktabs}{
colspec = lcccc,
cell{1}{1} = {r=2}{}, cell{1}{2,4} = {c=2}{},
}
\toprule
Sample & I & & II & \\
\cmidrule[lr]{2-3} \cmidrule[lr]{4-5}
& A & B & C & D \\
\midrule
S1 & 5 & 6 & 7 & 8 \\
S2 & 6 & 7 & 8 & 5 \\
S3 & 7 & 8 & 5 & 6 \\
\bottomrule
\end{booktabs}
Sample
I II
A B C D
S1 5 6 7 8
S2 6 7 8 5
S3 7 8 5 6
You can also use \specialrule command. The second argument sets belowsep of previous row, and the
third argument sets abovesep of current row,
\begin{booktabs}{row{2}={olive9}}
\toprule
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\specialrule{0.5pt}{4pt}{6pt}
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
\specialrule{0.8pt,blue3}{3pt}{2pt}
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\bottomrule
\end{booktabs}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
At last, there is also an \addlinespace command. You can specify the size of vertical space to be added
in its optional argument, and the default size is 0.5em. This command adds one half of the space to
belowsep of previous row, and the other half to abovesep of current row.
\begin{booktabs}{row{2}={olive9}}
\toprule
Alpha & Beta & Gamma & Delta \\
\addlinespace
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta & Theta \\
\addlinespace[1em]
Iota & Kappa & Lambda & Mu \\
\bottomrule
\end{booktabs}
Alpha Beta Gamma Delta
Epsilon Zeta Eta Theta
Iota Kappa Lambda Mu
From version 2022A (2022-03-01), there is a longtabs environment for writing long booktabs tables, and
a talltabs environment for writing tall booktabs tables.
5.3 Library counter
You need to load counter library with \UseTblrLibrary{counter}, if you want to modify some LaTeX
counters inside tabularray tables.
CHAPTER 5. USE SOME LIBRARIES 48
\newcounter{mycnta}
\newcommand{\mycnta}{\stepcounter{mycnta}\arabic{mycnta}}
\begin{tblr}{hlines}
\mycnta & \mycnta & \mycnta \\
\mycnta & \mycnta & \mycnta \\
\mycnta & \mycnta & \mycnta \\
\end{tblr}
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
5.4 Library diagbox
When writing \UseTblrLibrary{diagbox} in the preamble of the document, tabularray package loads
diagbox package, and you can use \diagbox and \diagboxthree commands inside tblr environment.
\begin{tblr}{hlines,vlines}
\diagbox{Aa}{Pp} & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}
Aa
Pp
Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
\begin{tblr}{hlines,vlines}
\diagboxthree{Aa}{Pp}{Hh} & Beta & Gamma \\
Epsilon & Zeta & Eta \\
Iota & Kappa & Lambda \\
\end{tblr}
Aa
Pp Hh
Beta Gamma
Epsilon Zeta Eta
Iota Kappa Lambda
You can also use \diagbox and \diagboxthree commands in math mode.
$\begin{tblr}{|c|cc|}
\hline
\diagbox{X_1}{X_2} & 0 & 1 \\
\hline
0 & 0.1 & 0.2 \\
1 & 0.3 & 0.4 \\
\hline
\end{tblr}$
X
1
X
2
0 1
0 0.1 0.2
1 0.3 0.4
5.5 Library functional
With \UseTblrLibrary{functional} in the preamble of the document, tabularray will load functional
package, and dene outer key evaluate and inner key process. These two new keys are useful for doing
functional programming inside tables.
5.5.1 Outer key evaluate in action
With outer key evaluate, you can evaluate every occurrence of a specied protected function (dened
with \prgNewFunction) and replace it with the return value before splitting the table body.
The rst application of evaluate key is for inputting les inside tables. Assume you have two les
test1.tmp and test2.tmp with the following contents:
\begin{filecontents*}[overwrite]{test1.tmp}
Some & Some \\
\end{filecontents*}
CHAPTER 5. USE SOME LIBRARIES 49
\begin{filecontents*}[overwrite]{test2.tmp}
Other & Other \\
\end{filecontents*}
Then you can input them with outer specication evaluate=\fileInput. The \fileInput function is
provided by functional package.
\begin{tblr}[evaluate=\fileInput]{hlines}
Row1 & 1 \\
\fileInput{test1.tmp}
Row3 & 3 \\
\fileInput{test2.tmp}
Row5 & 5 \\
\end{tblr}
Row1 1
Some Some
Row3 3
Other Other
Row5 5
In general, you can dene your functions which return parts of table contents, and use evaluate key to
evaluate them inside tables.
\IgnoreSpacesOn
\prgNewFunction \someFunc {m} {
\prgReturn {#1 & #1 \\}
}
\IgnoreSpacesOff
\begin{tblr}[evaluate=\someFunc]{hlines}
Row1 & 1 \\
\someFunc{Text}
Row3 & 3 \\
\someFunc{Text}
Row5 & 5 \\
\end{tblr}
Row1 1
Text Text
Row3 3
Text Text
Row5 5
\IgnoreSpacesOn
\prgNewFunction \otherFunc {} {
\prgReturn {Other & Other \\}
}
\IgnoreSpacesOff
\begin{tblr}[evaluate=\otherFunc]{hlines}
Row1 & 1 \\
\otherFunc
Row3 & 3 \\
\otherFunc
Row5 & 5 \\
\end{tblr}
Row1 1
Other Other
Row3 3
Other Other
Row5 5
You can even generate the whole table with some function.
\IgnoreSpacesOn
\prgNewFunction \makeEmptyTable {mm} {
\tlSet \lTmpaTl {\intReplicate {\intEval{#2-1}} {&}}
\tlPutRight \lTmpaTl {\\}
\intReplicate {#1} {\tlUse \lTmpaTl}
}
\IgnoreSpacesOff
\begin{tblr}[evaluate=\makeEmptyTable]{hlines,vlines}
\makeEmptyTable{3}{7}
\end{tblr}
From version 2023A, you can evaluate all functions in the table body with option evaluate=all.
CHAPTER 5. USE SOME LIBRARIES 50
5.5.2 Inner key process in action
With inner key process, you can modify the contents and styles before the table is built. Several public
functions dened with \prgNewFuncton are provided for you:
• \cellGetText{<rownum>}{<colnum>}
• \cellSetText{<rownum>}{<colnum>}{<text>}
• \cellSetStyle{<rownum>}{<colnum>}{<style>}
• \rowSetStyle{<rownum>}{<style>}
• \columnSetStyle{<colnum>}{<style>}
As the rst example, let’s calculate the sums of cells column by column:
\IgnoreSpacesOn
\prgNewFunction \funcSum {} {
\intStepOneInline {1} {\arabic{colcount}} {
\intZero \lTmpaInt
\intStepOneInline {1} {\arabic{rowcount}-1} {
\intAdd \lTmpaInt {\cellGetText {####1} {##1}}
}
\cellSetText {\expWhole{\arabic{rowcount}}} {##1} {\intUse\lTmpaInt}
}
}
\IgnoreSpacesOff
\begin{tblr}{colspec={rrr},process=\funcSum}
\hline
1 & 2 & 3 \\
4 & 5 & 6 \\
7 & 8 & 9 \\
\hline
& & \\
\hline
\end{tblr}
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
12 15 18
Now, let’s set background colors of cells depending on their contents:
\IgnoreSpacesOn
\prgNewFunction \funcColor {} {
\intStepOneInline {1} {\arabic{rowcount}} {
\intStepOneInline {1} {\arabic{colcount}} {
\intSet \lTmpaInt {\cellGetText {##1} {####1}}
\intCompareTF {\lTmpaInt} > {0}
{\cellSetStyle {##1} {####1} {bg=purple8}}
{\cellSetStyle {##1} {####1} {bg=olive8}}
}
}
}
\IgnoreSpacesOff
\begin{tblr}{hlines,vlines,cells={r,$},process=\funcColor}
-1 & 2 & 3 \\
4 & 5 & -6 \\
7 & -8 & 9 \\
\end{tblr}
−1 2 3
4 5 −6
7 −8 9
CHAPTER 5. USE SOME LIBRARIES 51
We can also use color series of xcolor package to color table rows:
\definecolor{lightb}{RGB}{217,224,250}
\definecolorseries{tblrow}{rgb}{last}{lightb}{white}
\resetcolorseries[3]{tblrow}
\IgnoreSpacesOn
\prgNewFunction \funcSeries {} {
\intStepOneInline {1} {\arabic{rowcount}} {
\tlSet \lTmpaTl {\intMathMod {##1-1} {3}}
\rowSetStyle {##1} {\expWhole{bg=tblrow!![\lTmpaTl]}}
}
}
\IgnoreSpacesOff
\begin{tblr}{hlines,process=\funcSeries}
Row1 & 1 \\
Row2 & 2 \\
Row3 & 3 \\
Row4 & 4 \\
Row5 & 5 \\
Row6 & 6 \\
\end{tblr}
Row1 1
Row2 2
Row3 3
Row4 4
Row5 5
Row6 6
5.6 Library hook
This library is experimental, please see
https://github.com/lvjr/tabularray/wiki/HooksAndVariables.
5.7 Library html
This library is experimental, please see
https://github.com/lvjr/tabularray/wiki/HooksAndVariables.
5.8 Library nameref
From version 2022D, you can load nameref library to make \nameref and longtblr work together.
5.9 Library siunitx
When writing \UseTblrLibrary{siunitx} in the preamble of the document, tabularray package loads
siunitx package, and denes S column as Q column with si key.
\begin{tblr}{
hlines, vlines,
colspec={S[table-format=3.2]S[table-format=3.2]}
}
{{{Head}}} & {{{Head}}} \\
111 & 111 \\
2.1 & 2.2 \\
33.11 & 33.22 \\
\end{tblr}
Head Head
111 111
2.1 2.2
33.11 33.22
CHAPTER 5. USE SOME LIBRARIES 52
\begin{tblr}{
hlines, vlines,
colspec={Q[si={table-format=3.2},c]Q[si={table-format=3.2},c]}
}
{{{Head}}} & {{{Head}}} \\
111 & 111 \\
2.1 & 2.2 \\
33.11 & 33.22 \\
\end{tblr}
Head Head
111 111
2.1 2.2
33.11 33.22
Note that you need to use triple pairs of curly braces to guard non-numeric cells. But it is cumbersome
to enclose each cell with braces. From version 2022B (2022-06-01) a new key guard is provided for cells
and rows. With guard key the previous example can be largely simplied.
\begin{tblr}{
hlines, vlines,
colspec={Q[si={table-format=3.2},c]Q[si={table-format=3.2},c]},
row{1} = {guard}
}
Head & Head \\
111 & 111 \\
2.1 & 2.2 \\
33.11 & 33.22 \\
\end{tblr}
Head Head
111 111
2.1 2.2
33.11 33.22
Also you must use l, c or r to set horizontal alignment for non-numeric cells:
\begin{tblr}{
hlines, vlines, columns={6em},
colspec={
Q[si={table-format=3.2,table-number-alignment=left},l,blue7]
Q[si={table-format=3.2,table-number-alignment=center},c,teal7]
Q[si={table-format=3.2,table-number-alignment=right},r,purple7]
},
row{1} = {guard}
}
Head & Head & Head \\
111 & 111 & 111 \\
2.1 & 2.2 & 2.3 \\
33.11 & 33.22 & 33.33 \\
\end{tblr}
Head Head Head
111 111 111
2.1 2.2 2.3
33.11 33.22 33.33
Both S and s columns are supported. In fact, These two columns have been dened as follows:
\NewColumnType{S}[1][]{Q[si={#1},c]}
\NewColumnType{s}[1][]{Q[si={#1},c,cmd=\TblrUnit]}
You don’t need to and are not allowed to dene them again.
CHAPTER 5. USE SOME LIBRARIES 53
5.10 Library varwidth
To build a nice table, tabularray need to measure the widths of cells. By default, it uses \hbox to
measure the sizes. This causes an error if a cell contains some vertical material, such as lists or display
maths.
With \UseTblrLibrary{varwidth} in the preamble of the document, tabularray will load varwidth
package, and add a new inner specication measure for tables. After setting measure=vbox, it will use
\vbox to measure cell widths.
\begin{tblr}{hlines,measure=vbox}
Text Text Text Text Text Text Text
\begin{itemize}
\item List List List List List List
\item List List List List List List List
\end{itemize}
Text Text Text Text Text Text Text \\
\end{tblr}
Text Text Text Text Text Text Text
• List List List List List List
• List List List List List List List
Text Text Text Text Text Text Text
From version 2022A (2022-03-01), you can remove extra space above and below lists, by adding option
stretch=-1. The following example also needs enumitem package and its nosep option:
• List List List List List
• List List List List List List
oooo
• List List List List List
• List List List List List List
gggg
\begin{tblr}{
hlines,vlines,rowspec={Q[l,t]Q[l,b]},
measure=vbox,stretch=-1,
}
\begin{itemize}[nosep]
\item List List List List List
\item List List List List List List
\end{itemize} & oooo \\
\begin{itemize}[nosep]
\item List List List List List
\item List List List List List List
\end{itemize} & gggg \\
\end{tblr}
Note that option stretch=-1 also removes struts from cells, therefore it may not work well in tabularray
environments with rowsep=0pt, such as booktabs/longtabs/talltabs environments from booktabs
library.
5.11 Library zref
From version 2022D, you can load zref library to make \zref and longtblr work together.
Chapter 6
Tips and Tricks
6.1 Control Horizontal Alignment
You can control horizontal alignment of cells in tabularray with ragged2e package, by redening some
of the following commands:
\RenewDocumentCommand\TblrAlignBoth{}{\justifying}
\RenewDocumentCommand\TblrAlignLeft{}{\RaggedRight}
\RenewDocumentCommand\TblrAlignCenter{}{\Centering}
\RenewDocumentCommand\TblrAlignRight{}{\RaggedLeft}
Please read the documentation of ragged2e package for more details of their alignment commands.
6.2 Use Safe Verbatim Commands
Due to the limitation of TeX, even if you have passed verb option to a tabularray table, you still
could not use some special characters in a \verb command. As an replacement, you may use \fakeverb
command from codehigh package.
The \fakeverb command will remove the backslashes in the following control symbols before typesetting
its content: \\, \{, \}, \#, \^ and \␣, \%. Also the argument of \fakeverb command need to be
enclosed with curly braces. Therefore it could be safely used inside tabularray tables and other LaTeX
commands.
Here is an example of using \fakeverb commands inside a tblr environment (you don’t need verb option
to use \fakeverb):
\begin{tblr}{hlines}
Special & \fakeverb{\abc{}$&^_^uvw 123} \\
Spacing & \fakeverb{\bfseries\ \#\%} \\
Nesting & \fbox{\fakeverb{$\left\\\{A\right.$\#}}
\end{tblr}
Special \abc{}$&^_^uvw 123
Spacing \bfseries #%
Nesting $\left\{A\right.$#
In the above example, balanced curly braces and control words (such as \bfseries) need not to be
escaped—only several special characters need to be escaped. Please read the documentation of codehigh
package for more details of \fakeverb commands.
1
1
By the way, \EscVerb command from fvextra package is similar to \fakeverb command, but with \EscVerb you need
to escape every control word.
54
Chapter 7
History and Future
7.1 The Future
Starting from 2022, except for hotx releases for critical bugs, every new release will be published on
the rst day of some month. You may watch the milestones page for the scheduled dates of upcoming
releases and their changes:
https://github.com/lvjr/tabularray/milestones
To make the upcoming releases more stable, you are very welcome to test the latest package le in the
repository. To test it, you only need to download the following tabularray.sty and put it into the folder
of your TeX documents:
https://github.com/lvjr/tabularray/raw/main/tabularray.sty
7.2 The History
The change log of tabularray package will be updated on the wiki page:
https://github.com/lvjr/tabularray/wiki/ChangeLog
In version 2023A, inner key verb was marked as obsolete, and it will be removed in the future. But don’t
worry too much, because you can stick to old version by \usepackage{tabularray}[=2023-03-01].
In version 2022A, there were several breaking changes:
• \multicolumn command was removed; it is better to use \SetCell command.
• \multirow command was removed; it is better to use \SetCell command.
• \firsthline command was removed; it is better to use baseline=T option.
• \lasthline command was removed; it is better to use baseline=B option.
For your old documents, you can still rollback to version 2021 by \usepackage{tabularray}[=v2021].
55
Chapter 8
The Source Code
8.1 Scratch Variables and Function Variants
%% \DeclareRelease and \DeclareCurrentRelease are added in LaTeX 2018-04-01
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2018-04-01]
\providecommand\DeclareRelease[3]{}
\providecommand\DeclareCurrentRelease[2]{}
\DeclareRelease{v2021}{2021-01-01}{tabularray-2021.sty}
\DeclareCurrentRelease{}{2022-01-01}
\RequirePackage{expl3}
\ProvidesExplPackage{tabularray}{2024-02-16}{2024A}
{Typeset tabulars and arrays with LaTeX3}
%% \IfFormatAtLeastTF, xparse and lthooks are added in LaTeX 2020-10-01
%% Note that \@ifl@t@r or \@ifpackagelater means 'this date or later'
\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { latex-too-old }
{
Your ~ LaTeX ~ release ~ is ~ too ~ old. \\
Please ~ update ~ it ~ to ~ 2020-10-01 ~ first.
}
\@ifl@t@r\fmtversion{2020-10-01}{}{
%% Support TeX Live 2020 on Overleaf
\msg_warning:nn { tabularray } { latex-too-old }
\usepackage{xparse}
}
\AtBeginDocument{
\@ifpackageloaded{xcolor}{\RequirePackage{ninecolors}}{}
\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{
\newenvironment{tblrNoHyper}{\NoHyper}{\endNoHyper}
}{
\newenvironment{tblrNoHyper}{}{}
}
}
\NewDocumentCommand \TblrParboxRestore { } { \@parboxrestore }
\NewDocumentCommand \TblrAlignBoth { }
{
\let \\ = \@normalcr
\leftskip = \z@skip
56
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 57
\@rightskip = \z@skip
\rightskip = \@rightskip
\parfillskip = \@flushglue
}
\NewDocumentCommand \TblrAlignLeft { } { \raggedright }
\NewDocumentCommand \TblrAlignCenter { } { \centering }
\NewDocumentCommand \TblrAlignRight { } { \raggedleft }
\cs_set_eq:NN \TblrNewPage \newpage
%% Note that \cs_if_exist:NTF doesn't treat \relax as an existing command.
%% Therefore we define our \__tblr_cs_if_defined:NTF here.
\prg_set_conditional:Npnn \__tblr_cs_if_defined:N #1 { p, T, F, TF }
{
%% \if_cs_exist:N = \ifdefined in eTeX
\if_cs_exist:N #1
\prg_return_true:
\else:
\prg_return_false:
\fi:
}
\prg_set_conditional:Npnn \__tblr_cs_if_defined:c #1 { p, T, F, TF }
{
%% \if_cs_exist:w = \ifcsname in eTeX
\if_cs_exist:w #1 \cs_end:
\prg_return_true:
\else:
\prg_return_false:
\fi:
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \msg_error:nnnn { nnVn }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_item:Nn { Ne, NV }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_put:Nnn { Nxn, Nxx, NxV }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \regex_replace_all:NnN { NVN }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \seq_map_indexed_inline:Nn { cn }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_const:Nn { ce }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_log:n { x }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_gput_right:Nn { Nf }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_put_left:Nn { Nv }
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \clist_if_in:Nn { Nx } { TF }
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \prop_if_in:Nn { c } { T }
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \regex_match:Nn { NV } { TF }
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \str_if_eq:nn { xn } { TF }
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \tl_if_eq:nn { en } { T, TF }
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \tl_if_head_eq_catcode:nN { VN } { TF }
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \tl_if_head_eq_meaning:nN { VN } { T, TF }
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_a_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_b_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_c_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_d_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_e_tl
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 58
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_f_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_h_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_i_tl % for row index
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_j_tl % for column index
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_k_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_n_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_o_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_r_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_s_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_t_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_u_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_v_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_w_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_x_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_y_tl
\int_new:N \l__tblr_a_int
\int_new:N \l__tblr_c_int % for column number
\int_new:N \l__tblr_r_int % for row number
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_d_dim % for depth
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_h_dim % for height
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_o_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_p_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_q_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_r_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_s_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_t_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_v_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_w_dim % for width
\box_new:N \l__tblr_a_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_b_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_c_box % for cell box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_d_box
%% Total number of tblr tables
\int_new:N \g__tblr_table_count_int
%% Some commands for horizontal alignment
\cs_new_eq:NN \__tblr_halign_command_j: \TblrAlignBoth
\cs_new_eq:NN \__tblr_halign_command_l: \TblrAlignLeft
\cs_new_eq:NN \__tblr_halign_command_c: \TblrAlignCenter
\cs_new_eq:NN \__tblr_halign_command_r: \TblrAlignRight
%% Some counters for row and column numbering.
%% We may need to restore all LaTeX counters in measuring and building cells,
%% so we must not define these counters with \newcounter command.
\int_zero_new:N \c@rownum
\int_zero_new:N \c@colnum
\int_zero_new:N \c@rowcount
\int_zero_new:N \c@colcount
%% Add missing \therownum, \thecolnum, \therowcount, \thecolcount (issue #129)
\ProvideExpandableDocumentCommand \therownum {} { \@arabic \c@rownum }
\ProvideExpandableDocumentCommand \thecolnum {} { \@arabic \c@colnum }
\ProvideExpandableDocumentCommand \therowcount {} { \@arabic \c@rowcount }
\ProvideExpandableDocumentCommand \thecolcount {} { \@arabic \c@colcount }
%% Some dimensions for row and column spacing
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 59
\dim_new:N \abovesep
\dim_new:N \belowsep
\dim_new:N \leftsep
\dim_new:N \rightsep
%% Some functions for lwarp to remove rules and boxes
\cs_new:Npn \tblr_hrule_ht:n #1
{
\hrule height ~ #1 \scan_stop:
}
\cs_new:Npn \tblr_vrule_wd_ht_dp:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\vrule width ~ #1 ~ height ~ #2 ~ depth ~ #3 \scan_stop:
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_box_use:N #1
{
\box_use:N #1
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_vbox_set:Nn #1 #2
{
\vbox_set:Nn #1 {#2}
}
8.2 Data Structures Based on Property Lists
\int_new:N \g_tblr_level_int % store table nesting level
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_clear_prop_lists:
{
\prop_gclear_new:c { g__tblr_text_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _prop }
\prop_gclear_new:c { g__tblr_command_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _prop }
\prop_gclear_new:c { g__tblr_inner_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _prop }
\prop_gclear_new:c { g__tblr_note_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _prop }
\prop_gclear_new:c { g__tblr_remark_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _prop }
\prop_gclear_new:c { g__tblr_more_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _prop }
\prop_gclear_new:c { g__tblr_row_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _prop }
\prop_gclear_new:c { g__tblr_column_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _prop }
\prop_gclear_new:c { g__tblr_cell_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _prop }
\prop_gclear_new:c { g__tblr_hline_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _prop }
\prop_gclear_new:c { g__tblr_vline_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _prop }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_prop_gput:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\prop_gput:cnn
{ g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _prop } { #2 } { #3 }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_prop_gput:nnn { nnx, nnV, nxn, nxx, nxV }
\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_prop_item:nn #1 #2
{
\prop_item:cn { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _prop } { #2 }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_prop_item:nn { ne }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 60
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_prop_if_in:nnT #1
{
\prop_if_in:cnT { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _prop }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_prop_if_in:nnF #1
{
\prop_if_in:cnF { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _prop }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_prop_if_in:nnTF #1
{
\prop_if_in:cnTF { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _prop }
}
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \__tblr_prop_if_in:nn { nx } { T, F, TF }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_prop_log:n #1
{
\prop_log:c { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _prop }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_prop_map_inline:nn #1 #2
{
\prop_map_inline:cn { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _prop } {#2}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_prop_gput_if_larger:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\__tblr_gput_if_larger:cnn
{ g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _prop } { #2 } { #3 }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_prop_gput_if_larger:nnn { nnx, nnV, nxn, nxx, nxV }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_prop_gadd_dimen_value:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\__tblr_gadd_dimen_value:cnn
{ g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _prop } { #2 } { #3 }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_prop_gadd_dimen_value:nnn { nnx, nnV, nxn, nxx }
%% Put the dimension to the prop list only if it's larger than the old one
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_put_if_larger_tl
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_put_if_larger:Nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_put_if_larger_tl { \prop_item:Nn #1 { #2 } }
\bool_lazy_or:nnT
{ \tl_if_empty_p:N \l__tblr_put_if_larger_tl }
{ \dim_compare_p:nNn { #3 } > { \l__tblr_put_if_larger_tl } }
{ \prop_put:Nnn #1 { #2 } { #3 } }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_put_if_larger:Nnn { Nnx, Nxn, Nxx, NnV }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_gput_if_larger:Nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_put_if_larger_tl { \prop_item:Nn #1 { #2 } }
\bool_lazy_or:nnT
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 61
{ \tl_if_empty_p:N \l__tblr_put_if_larger_tl }
{ \dim_compare_p:nNn { #3 } > { \l__tblr_put_if_larger_tl } }
{ \prop_gput:Nnn #1 { #2 } { #3 } }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_gput_if_larger:Nnn { Nnx, Nxn, Nxx, cnn }
%% Add the dimension to some key value of the prop list
%% #1: the prop list, #2: the key, #3: the dimen to add
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_add_dimen_value:Nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\prop_put:Nnx #1 { #2 } { \dim_eval:n { \prop_item:Nn #1 { #2 } + #3 } }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_add_dimen_value:Nnn { cnn }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_gadd_dimen_value:Nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\prop_gput:Nnx #1 { #2 } { \dim_eval:n { \prop_item:Nn #1 { #2 } + #3 } }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_gadd_dimen_value:Nnn { cnn }
8.3 Data Structures Based on Token Lists
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_clear_spec_lists:
{
%\__tblr_clear_one_spec_lists:n { row }
%\__tblr_clear_one_spec_lists:n { column }
%\__tblr_clear_one_spec_lists:n { cell }
\__tblr_clear_one_spec_lists:n { text }
\__tblr_clear_one_spec_lists:n { hline }
\__tblr_clear_one_spec_lists:n { vline }
\__tblr_clear_one_spec_lists:n { outer }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_clear_one_spec_lists:n #1
{
\clist_if_exist:cTF { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _clist }
{
\clist_map_inline:cn { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _clist }
{
\tl_gclear:c { g__tblr_spec_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _#1_##1_tl }
}
}
{ \clist_new:c { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _clist } }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_spec_gput:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\tl_gset:cn
{ g__tblr_spec_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _#1_#2_tl } {#3}
\clist_gput_right:cx { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _clist } {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_spec_gput:nnn { nne, nnV, nen, nee, neV }
\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_spec_item:nn #1 #2
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 62
{
\tl_if_exist:cT { g__tblr_spec_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _#1_#2_tl }
{
\exp_args:Nv \exp_not:n
{ g__tblr_spec_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _#1_#2_tl }
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_spec_item:nn { ne }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_spec_gput_if_larger:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_put_if_larger_tl { \__tblr_spec_item:nn {#1} {#2} }
\bool_lazy_or:nnT
{ \tl_if_empty_p:N \l__tblr_put_if_larger_tl }
{ \dim_compare_p:nNn {#3} > { \l__tblr_put_if_larger_tl } }
{ \__tblr_spec_gput:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_spec_gput_if_larger:nnn { nne, nnV, nen, nee, neV }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_spec_gadd_dimen_value:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nne {#1} {#2}
{ \dim_eval:n { \__tblr_spec_item:ne {#1} {#2} + #3 } }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_spec_gadd_dimen_value:nnn { nne, nnV, nen, nee }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_spec_log:n #1
{
\clist_gremove_duplicates:c
{ g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _clist }
\tl_log:x
{
The ~ spec ~ list ~ #1 _ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int
\space contains ~ the ~ pairs:
}
\clist_map_inline:cn { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _clist }
{
\tl_log:x
{
\space { ##1 } ~\space=>~\space { \__tblr_spec_item:nn {#1} {##1} }
}
}
}
8.4 Data Structures Based on Integer Arrays
\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { intarray-beyond-bound }
{ Position ~ #2 ~ is ~ beyond ~ the ~ bound ~ of ~ intarray ~ #1.}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_intarray_gset:Nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\bool_lazy_or:nnTF
{ \int_compare_p:nNn {#2} < {0} }
{ \int_compare_p:nNn {#2} > {\intarray_count:N #1} }
{
\bool_if:NT \g__tblr_tracing_intarray_bool
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 63
{ \msg_warning:nnnn { tabularray } { intarray-beyond-bound } {#1} {#2} }
}
{ \intarray_gset:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3} }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_intarray_gset:Nnn { cnn }
%% #1: data name; #2: key name; #3: value type
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_new_key:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\int_gincr:c { g__tblr_data_#1_key_count_int }
\tl_const:ce
{
c__tblr_data_#1_key_name_
\int_use:c { g__tblr_data_#1_key_count_int } _tl
}
{ #2 }
\tl_const:ce { c__tblr_data_#1_key_number_#2_tl }
{ \int_use:c { g__tblr_data_#1_key_count_int } }
\tl_const:cn { c__tblr_data_#1_key_type_#2_tl } {#3}
}
\int_new:N \g__tblr_data_row_key_count_int
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { row } { height } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { row } { coefficient } { dec }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { row } { abovesep } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { row } { belowsep } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { row } { @row-height } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { row } { @row-head } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { row } { @row-foot } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { row } { @row-upper } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { row } { @row-lower } { dim }
\int_new:N \g__tblr_data_column_key_count_int
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { column } { width } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { column } { coefficient } { dec }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { column } { leftsep } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { column } { rightsep } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { column } { @col-width } { dim }
\int_new:N \g__tblr_data_cell_key_count_int
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { width } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { rowspan } { int }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { colspan } { int }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { halign } { str }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { valign } { str }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { background } { str }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { foreground } { str }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { font } { str }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { mode } { str }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { cmd } { str }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { omit } { int }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { @cell-width } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { @cell-height } { dim }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { @cell-depth } { dim }
\clist_const:Nn \c__tblr_data_clist { row, column, cell }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_data_row_count_tl { \c@rowcount }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 64
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_data_column_count_tl { \c@colcount }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_data_cell_count_tl { \c@rowcount * \c@colcount }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_data_row_index_number_tl {1}
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_data_column_index_number_tl {1}
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_data_cell_index_number_tl {2}
\int_new:N \g__tblr_array_int
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_init_table_data:
{
\clist_map_function:NN \c__tblr_data_clist \__tblr_init_one_data:n
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_init_one_data:n #1
{
\int_gincr:N \g__tblr_array_int
\intarray_new:cn { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g__tblr_array_int _intarray }
{
\int_use:c { g__tblr_data_#1_key_count_int }
* \tl_use:c { c__tblr_data_#1_count_tl }
}
\cs_set_eq:cc { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _intarray }
{ g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g__tblr_array_int _intarray }
%\intarray_log:c { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _intarray }
}
%% #1: data name; #2: data index; #3: key name
\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_key_to_int:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
( #2 - 1 ) * \int_use:c { g__tblr_data_#1_key_count_int }
+ \tl_use:c { c__tblr_data_#1_key_number_#3_tl }
}
%% #1: data name; #2: data index 1; #3: data index 2; #4: key name
\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_key_to_int:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
( #2 - 1 ) * \c@colcount * \int_use:c { g__tblr_data_#1_key_count_int }
+ ( #3 - 1 ) * \int_use:c { g__tblr_data_#1_key_count_int }
+ \tl_use:c { c__tblr_data_#1_key_number_#4_tl }
}
\int_new:N \l__tblr_key_count_int
\int_new:N \l__tblr_key_quotient_int
\int_new:N \l__tblr_key_quotient_two_int
\int_new:N \l__tblr_key_remainder_int
%% #1: data name; #2: array position;
%% #3: returning tl with index; #4: returning tl with key name
\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_int_to_key:nnNN #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\int_set_eq:Nc \l__tblr_key_count_int { g__tblr_data_#1_key_count_int }
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_key_quotient_int
{
\int_div_truncate:nn
{ #2 + \l__tblr_key_count_int - 1 } { \l__tblr_key_count_int }
}
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_key_remainder_int
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 65
{
#2 + \l__tblr_key_count_int
- \l__tblr_key_quotient_int * \l__tblr_key_count_int
}
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_key_remainder_int } = { 0 }
{ \int_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_key_remainder_int \l__tblr_key_count_int }
\tl_set:Nx #3 { \int_use:N \l__tblr_key_quotient_int }
\tl_set_eq:Nc #4
{ c__tblr_data_#1_key_name_ \int_use:N \l__tblr_key_remainder_int _tl }
}
%% #1: data name; #2: array position;
%% #3: returning tl with index 1; #4: returning tl with index 2;
%% #5: returning tl with key name
\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_int_to_key:nnNNN #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
{
\int_set_eq:Nc \l__tblr_key_count_int { g__tblr_data_#1_key_count_int }
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_key_quotient_int
{
\int_div_truncate:nn
{ #2 + \l__tblr_key_count_int - 1 } { \l__tblr_key_count_int }
}
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_key_remainder_int
{
#2 + \l__tblr_key_count_int
- \l__tblr_key_quotient_int * \l__tblr_key_count_int
}
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_key_remainder_int } = { 0 }
{ \int_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_key_remainder_int \l__tblr_key_count_int }
\tl_set_eq:Nc #5
{ c__tblr_data_#1_key_name_ \int_use:N \l__tblr_key_remainder_int _tl }
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_key_quotient_two_int
{
\int_div_truncate:nn
{ \l__tblr_key_quotient_int + \c@colcount - 1 } { \c@colcount }
}
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_key_remainder_int
{
\l__tblr_key_quotient_int + \c@colcount
- \l__tblr_key_quotient_two_int * \c@colcount
}
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_key_remainder_int } = { 0 }
{ \int_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_key_remainder_int \c@colcount }
\tl_set:Nx #4 { \int_use:N \l__tblr_key_remainder_int }
\tl_set:Nx #3 { \int_use:N \l__tblr_key_quotient_two_int }
}
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl
%% #1: data name; #2: key name; #3: value
%% The result will be stored in \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_int_from_value:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\cs:w
__tblr_data_int_from_ \tl_use:c { c__tblr_data_#1_key_type_#2_tl } :n
\cs_end:
{#3}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 66
}
%% #1: data name; #2: key name; #3: int
\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_int_to_value:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\cs:w
__tblr_data_int_to_ \tl_use:c { c__tblr_data_#1_key_type_#2_tl } :n
\cs_end:
{#3}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_data_int_to_value:nnn { nne, nVe }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_int_from_int:n #1
{
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl {#1}
}
\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_int_to_int:n #1
{
#1
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_int_from_dim:n #1
{
\tl_gset:Nx \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl { \dim_to_decimal_in_sp:n {#1} }
}
%% Return a dimension in pt so that it's easier to understand in tracing messages
\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_int_to_dim:n #1
{
%#1 sp
%\dim_eval:n { #1 sp }
\dim_to_decimal:n { #1 sp } pt
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_int_from_dec:n #1
{
\tl_gset:Nx \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl
{ \dim_to_decimal_in_sp:n {#1 pt} }
}
\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_int_to_dec:n #1
{
\dim_to_decimal:n {#1 sp}
}
\int_new:N \g__tblr_data_str_value_count_int
\tl_gclear_new:c { g__tblr_data_0_to_str_tl }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_int_from_str:n #1
{
\tl_if_exist:cTF { g__tblr_data_ \tl_to_str:n {#1} _to_int_tl }
{
\tl_gset_eq:Nc \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl
{ g__tblr_data_ \tl_to_str:n {#1} _to_int_tl }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 67
}
{
\int_gincr:N \g__tblr_data_str_value_count_int
\tl_gset:cx { g__tblr_data_ \tl_to_str:n {#1} _to_int_tl }
{ \int_use:N \g__tblr_data_str_value_count_int }
\tl_gset:cn
{ g__tblr_data_ \int_use:N \g__tblr_data_str_value_count_int _to_str_tl }
{ \exp_not:n {#1} }
\tl_gset:Nx \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl
{ \int_use:N \g__tblr_data_str_value_count_int }
}
}
\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_int_to_str:n #1
{
\tl_use:c { g__tblr_data_#1_to_str_tl }
}
%% #1: data name; #2: data index; #3: key; #4: value
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gput:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\__tblr_data_int_from_value:nnn {#1} {#3} {#4}
\__tblr_intarray_gset:cnn
{ g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _intarray }
{ \__tblr_data_key_to_int:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
{ \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_data_gput:nnnn
{ nnne, nnnV, nenn, nene, nenV, nVnn }
%% #1: data name; #2: data index 1; #3: data index 2; #4: key; #5: value
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gput:nnnnn #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
{
\__tblr_data_int_from_value:nnn {#1} {#4} {#5}
\__tblr_intarray_gset:cnn
{ g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _intarray }
{ \__tblr_data_key_to_int:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} }
{ \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_data_gput:nnnnn
{ nnnne, nnnnV, neenn, neene, neenV, neeen, nVVnn }
%% #1: data name; #2: data index; #3: key
\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_item:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\__tblr_data_int_to_value:nne {#1} {#3}
{
\intarray_item:cn { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _intarray }
{ \__tblr_data_key_to_int:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_data_item:nnn { nen }
%% #1: data name; #2: data index 1; #3: data index 2; #4: key
\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_data_item:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\__tblr_data_int_to_value:nne {#1} {#4}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 68
{
\intarray_item:cn { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _intarray }
{ \__tblr_data_key_to_int:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} }
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_data_item:nnnn { neen }
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_data_key_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_data_index_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_data_index_two_tl
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_log:n #1
{
\use:c { __tblr_data_log_ \use:c { c__tblr_data_#1_index_number_tl } :n } {#1}
\__tblr_prop_log:n {#1}
}
\cs_new_protected:cpn { __tblr_data_log_1:n } #1
{
%\intarray_log:c { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _intarray }
\tl_set:Nx \l_tmpa_tl { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _intarray }
\tl_log:n { ----------~----------~----------~----------~---------- }
\int_step_inline:nn
{ \intarray_count:c { \l_tmpa_tl } }
{
\__tblr_data_int_to_key:nnNN {#1} {##1}
\l__tblr_data_index_tl \l__tblr_data_key_tl
\tl_log:x
{
\space
{ #1 [\l__tblr_data_index_tl] / \l__tblr_data_key_tl }
~\space => ~\space
{
\__tblr_data_int_to_value:nVe {#1} \l__tblr_data_key_tl
{ \intarray_item:cn { \l_tmpa_tl } {##1} }
}
}
}
}
\cs_new_protected:cpn { __tblr_data_log_2:n } #1
{
%\intarray_log:c { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _intarray }
\tl_set:Nx \l_tmpa_tl { g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _intarray }
\tl_log:n { ----------~----------~----------~----------~---------- }
\int_step_inline:nn
{ \intarray_count:c { \l_tmpa_tl } }
{
\__tblr_data_int_to_key:nnNNN {#1} {##1}
\l__tblr_data_index_tl \l__tblr_data_index_two_tl \l__tblr_data_key_tl
\tl_log:x
{
\space
{
#1 [\l__tblr_data_index_tl][\l__tblr_data_index_two_tl]
/ \l__tblr_data_key_tl
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 69
~\space => ~\space
{
\__tblr_data_int_to_value:nVe {#1} \l__tblr_data_key_tl
{ \intarray_item:cn { \l_tmpa_tl } {##1} }
}
}
}
}
%% #1: data name; #2: row index; #3: key; #4: value
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gput_if_larger:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\__tblr_data_int_from_value:nnn {#1} {#3} {#4}
\__tblr_array_gput_if_larger:cnn
{ g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _intarray }
{ \__tblr_data_key_to_int:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
{ \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_data_gput_if_larger:nnnn { nnne, nnnV, nene, nenV }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_array_gput_if_larger:Nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\int_compare:nNnT {#3} > { \intarray_item:Nn #1 {#2} }
{ \__tblr_intarray_gset:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3} }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_array_gput_if_larger:Nnn { cnn }
%% #1: data name; #2: data index; #3: key; #4: value
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gadd_dimen_value:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\__tblr_data_int_from_value:nnn {#1} {#3} {#4}
\__tblr_array_gadd_value:cnn
{ g__tblr_#1_ \int_use:N \g_tblr_level_int _intarray }
{ \__tblr_data_key_to_int:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
{ \g__tblr_data_int_from_value_tl }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_data_gadd_dimen_value:nnnn
{ nnne, nnnV, nenn, nene }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_array_gadd_value:Nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\__tblr_intarray_gset:Nnn #1 {#2} { \intarray_item:Nn #1 {#2} + #3 }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_array_gadd_value:Nnn { cnn }
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_use_intarray_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_use_intarray_bool
\AtBeginDocument
{
\bool_if:NF \g__tblr_use_intarray_bool
{
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gput:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nnn {#1} { [#2] / #3 } {#4}
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 70
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gput:nnnnn #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nnn {#1} { [#2][#3] / #4 } {#5}
}
\cs_set:Npn \__tblr_data_item:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\__tblr_spec_item:nn {#1} { [#2] / #3 }
}
\cs_set:Npn \__tblr_data_item:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\__tblr_spec_item:nn {#1} { [#2][#3] / #4 }
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_log:n #1
{
\__tblr_spec_log:n {#1}
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gput_if_larger:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\__tblr_spec_gput_if_larger:nnn {#1} { [#2] / #3 } {#4}
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gput_if_larger:nnnnn #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
{
\__tblr_spec_gput_if_larger:nnn {#1} { [#2][#3] / #4 } {#5}
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gadd_dimen_value:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\__tblr_spec_gadd_dimen_value:nnn {#1} { [#2] / #3 } {#4}
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_data_gadd_dimen_value:nnnnn #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
{
\__tblr_spec_gadd_dimen_value:nnn {#1} { [#2][#3] / #4 } {#5}
}
}
}
8.5 Child Selectors
\clist_new:N \g_tblr_used_child_selectors_clist
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_childs_arg_spec_tl
\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { used-child-selector }
{ Child ~ selector ~ name ~ "#1" ~ has ~ been ~ used! }
\NewDocumentCommand \NewChildSelector { m O{0} o m }
{
\__tblr_new_child_selector_aux:xnnn { \tl_trim_spaces:n {#1} } {#2} {#3} {#4}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_new_child_selector_aux:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\clist_if_in:NnTF \g_tblr_used_child_selectors_clist { #1 }
{
\msg_error:nnn { tabularray } { used-child-selector } { #1 }
\clist_log:N \g_tblr_used_child_selectors_clist
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 71
{
\__tblr_make_xparse_arg_spec:nnN { #2 } { #3 } \l__tblr_childs_arg_spec_tl
\exp_args:NcV \NewDocumentCommand
{ __tblr_child_selector_ #1 :w } \l__tblr_childs_arg_spec_tl { #4 }
\clist_gput_right:Nn \g_tblr_used_child_selectors_clist { #1 }
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_new_child_selector_aux:nnnn { xnnn }
%% #1: argument number, #2: optional argument default, #3: result tl
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_make_xparse_arg_spec:nnN #1 #2 #3
{
\tl_clear:N #3
\int_compare:nNnT { #1 } > { 0 }
{
\IfValueTF { #2 }
{ \tl_set:Nn #3 { O{#2} } }
{ \tl_set:Nn #3 { m } }
\tl_put_right:Nx #3 { \prg_replicate:nn { #1 - 1 } { m } }
}
}
\clist_new:N \l_tblr_childs_clist
\tl_new:N \l_tblr_childs_total_tl
\NewChildSelector { odd } [1] []
{
\tl_if_blank:nTF {#1}
{
\int_step_inline:nnnn {1} {2} { \l_tblr_childs_total_tl }
{ \clist_put_right:Nn \l_tblr_childs_clist {##1} }
}
{ \__tblr_child_selector_odd_or_even:nn { odd } {#1} }
}
\NewChildSelector { even } [1] []
{
\tl_if_blank:nTF {#1}
{
\int_step_inline:nnnn {2} {2} { \l_tblr_childs_total_tl }
{ \clist_put_right:Nn \l_tblr_childs_clist {##1} }
}
{ \__tblr_child_selector_odd_or_even:nn { even } {#1} }
}
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_child_from_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_child_to_tl
%% #1: odd or even; #2: selector option
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_child_selector_odd_or_even:nn #1 #2
{
\seq_set_split:Nnn \l_tmpa_seq {-} { #2 - Z }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_child_from_tl { \seq_item:Nn \l_tmpa_seq {1} }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_child_to_tl { \seq_item:Nn \l_tmpa_seq {2} }
\tl_use:c { int_if_ #1 :nF } { \l__tblr_child_from_tl }
{
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 72
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_child_from_tl
{ \int_eval:n { \l__tblr_child_from_tl + 1 } }
}
\__tblr_child_name_to_index:VN \l__tblr_child_to_tl \l__tblr_child_to_tl
\int_step_inline:nnnn { \l__tblr_child_from_tl } {2} { \l__tblr_child_to_tl }
{ \clist_put_right:Nn \l_tblr_childs_clist {##1} }
}
\regex_const:Nn \c__tblr_split_selector_name_regex { ^ ( [A-Za-z] {2,} ) ( . * ) }
\seq_new:N \l__tblr_childs_split_seq
\seq_new:N \l__tblr_childs_regex_seq
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_childs_selector_tl
%% #1, child specifications; #2, total number.
%% The result will be put into \l_tblr_childs_clist
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_childs:nn #1 #2
{
\clist_clear:N \l_tblr_childs_clist
\tl_set:Nx \l_tblr_childs_total_tl {#2}
\regex_extract_once:NnNTF \c__tblr_split_selector_name_regex {#1}
\l__tblr_childs_regex_seq
{
\tl_set:No \l__tblr_childs_selector_tl
{
\cs:w
__tblr_child_selector_ \seq_item:Nn \l__tblr_childs_regex_seq {2} :w
\cs_end:
}
\exp_last_unbraced:Nx \l__tblr_childs_selector_tl
{ \seq_item:Nn \l__tblr_childs_regex_seq{3} }
}
{
\tl_if_eq:nnTF {#1} {-}
{ \__tblr_get_childs_normal:nn {1-#2} {#2} }
{ \__tblr_get_childs_normal:nn {#1} {#2} }
}
%\clist_log:N \l_tblr_childs_clist
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_get_childs:nn { nx }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_childs_normal:nn #1 #2
{
\seq_set_split:Nnn \l__tblr_childs_split_seq {,} {#1}
\seq_map_inline:Nn \l__tblr_childs_split_seq
{
\tl_if_in:nnTF {##1} {-}
{ \__tblr_get_childs_normal_aux:w ##1 \scan_stop }
{ \__tblr_get_childs_normal_aux:w ##1 - ##1 \scan_stop }
}
}
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__tblr_get_childs_normal_aux:w #1 - #2 \scan_stop
{
\__tblr_child_name_to_index:nN {#1} \l__tblr_child_from_tl
\__tblr_child_name_to_index:nN {#2} \l__tblr_child_to_tl
\int_step_inline:nnn { \l__tblr_child_from_tl } { \l__tblr_child_to_tl }
{ \clist_put_right:Nn \l_tblr_childs_clist {##1} }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 73
}
\regex_const:Nn \c__tblr_child_name_regex { ^ [U-Z] $ }
%% Convert U, V, W, X, Y, Z to the indexes of the last six childs, respectively
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__tblr_child_name_to_index:nN #1 #2
{
\regex_match:NnTF \c__tblr_child_name_regex {#1}
{
\tl_set:Nx #2
{ \int_eval:n { \l_tblr_childs_total_tl + \int_from_alph:n {#1} - 26 } }
}
{ \tl_set:Nx #2 { #1 } }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_child_name_to_index:nN { VN }
8.6 New Table Commands
%% We need some commands to modify table/row/column/cell specifications.
%% These commands must be defined with \NewTableCommand command,
%% so that we could extract them, execute them once, then disable them.
\clist_new:N \g__tblr_table_commands_clist
\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { defined-table-command }
{ Table ~ command ~ #1 already ~ defined! }
\NewDocumentCommand \NewTableCommand { m O{0} o m }
{
\clist_if_in:NnTF \g__tblr_table_commands_clist { #1 }
{
\msg_error:nnn { tabularray } { defined-table-command } { #1 }
\clist_log:N \g__tblr_table_commands_clist
}
{
\__tblr_make_xparse_arg_spec:nnN { #2 } { #3 } \l__tblr_a_tl
\exp_args:NcV \NewDocumentCommand
{ __tblr_table_command_ \cs_to_str:N #1 :w } \l__tblr_a_tl { #4 }
%% we can not use \cs_if_exist:NTF here (see issue #328)
\__tblr_cs_if_defined:NTF #1
{
\cs_set_eq:cN { __tblr_table_command_ \cs_to_str:N #1 _saved:w } #1
}
{
\exp_args:NcV \NewDocumentCommand
{ __tblr_table_command_ \cs_to_str:N #1 _saved:w } \l__tblr_a_tl { }
}
\IfValueTF { #3 }
{
\tl_gset:cn { g__tblr_table_cmd_ \cs_to_str:N #1 _arg_numb_tl } {-#2}
}
{
\tl_gset:cn { g__tblr_table_cmd_ \cs_to_str:N #1 _arg_numb_tl } {#2}
}
\clist_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_table_commands_clist { #1 }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 74
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_enable_table_commands:
{
\clist_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_table_commands_clist
{ \cs_set_eq:Nc ##1 { __tblr_table_command_ \cs_to_str:N ##1 :w } }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_disable_table_commands:
{
\clist_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_table_commands_clist
{ \cs_set_eq:Nc ##1 { __tblr_table_command_ \cs_to_str:N ##1 _saved:w } }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_execute_table_commands:
{
\__tblr_prop_map_inline:nn { command }
{
\__tblr_set_row_col_from_key_name:w ##1
##2
}
\LogTblrTracing { cell }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_row_col_from_key_name:w [#1][#2]
{
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum {#1}
\int_set:Nn \c@colnum {#2}
}
%% Add \empty as a table command so that users can write \\\empty\hline (see #328)
\NewTableCommand\empty{}
%% Table commands are defined only inside tblr environments,
%% but some packages such as csvsimple need to use them outside tblr environments,
%% therefore we define some of them first here.
\ProvideDocumentCommand \SetHlines { o m m } {}
\ProvideDocumentCommand \SetHline { o m m } {}
\ProvideDocumentCommand \SetVlines { o m m } {}
\ProvideDocumentCommand \SetVline { o m m } {}
\ProvideDocumentCommand \SetCells { o m } {}
\ProvideDocumentCommand \SetCell { o m } {}
\ProvideDocumentCommand \SetRows { o m } {}
\ProvideDocumentCommand \SetRow { o m } {}
\ProvideDocumentCommand \SetColumns { o m } {}
\ProvideDocumentCommand \SetColumn { o m } {}
8.7 New Content Commands
%% We need to emulate or fix some commands such as \diagbox in other packages
%% These commands must be defined with \NewContentCommand command
%% We only enable them inside tblr environment to avoid potential conflict
\clist_new:N \g__tblr_content_commands_clist
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 75
\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { defined-content-command }
{ Content ~ command ~ #1 already ~ defined! }
\NewDocumentCommand \NewContentCommand { m O{0} o m }
{
\clist_if_in:NnTF \g__tblr_content_commands_clist { #1 }
{
\msg_error:nnn { tabularray } { defined-content-command } { #1 }
\clist_log:N \g__tblr_content_commands_clist
}
{
\__tblr_make_xparse_arg_spec:nnN { #2 } { #3 } \l__tblr_a_tl
\exp_args:NcV \NewDocumentCommand
{ __tblr_content_command_ \cs_to_str:N #1 :w } \l__tblr_a_tl { #4 }
\clist_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_content_commands_clist { #1 }
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_enable_content_commands:
{
\clist_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_content_commands_clist
{ \cs_set_eq:Nc ##1 { __tblr_content_command_ \cs_to_str:N ##1 :w } }
}
8.8 New Dash Styles
%% \NewDashStyle commands
\dim_zero_new:N \rulewidth
\dim_set:Nn \rulewidth {0.4pt}
\prop_new:N \g__tblr_defined_hdash_styles_prop
\prop_new:N \g__tblr_defined_vdash_styles_prop
\prop_gset_from_keyval:Nn \g__tblr_defined_hdash_styles_prop
{ solid = \hrule height \rulewidth }
\prop_gset_from_keyval:Nn \g__tblr_defined_vdash_styles_prop
{ solid = \vrule width \rulewidth }
\NewDocumentCommand \NewDashStyle { m m }
{
\seq_set_split:Nnn \l_tmpa_seq { ~ } {#2}
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_a_tl { \seq_item:Nn \l_tmpa_seq {1} }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_b_tl { \seq_item:Nn \l_tmpa_seq {2} }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_c_tl { \seq_item:Nn \l_tmpa_seq {3} }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_d_tl { \seq_item:Nn \l_tmpa_seq {4} }
\tl_if_eq:NnT \l__tblr_a_tl { on }
{
\tl_if_eq:NnT \l__tblr_c_tl { off }
{
\__tblr_dash_style_make_boxes:nxx {#1}
{ \dim_eval:n {\l__tblr_b_tl} } { \dim_eval:n {\l__tblr_d_tl} }
}
}
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 76
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_dash_style_make_boxes:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpa_dim { #2 + #3 }
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_h_tl { \hbox_to_wd:nn }
\tl_put_right:Nx \l__tblr_h_tl { { \dim_use:N \l_tmpa_dim } }
\tl_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_h_tl
{
{ \hss \vbox:n { \hbox_to_wd:nn {#2} {} \hrule height \rulewidth } \hss }
}
\prop_gput:NnV \g__tblr_defined_hdash_styles_prop {#1} \l__tblr_h_tl
%\prop_log:N \g__tblr_defined_hdash_styles_prop
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_v_tl { \vbox_to_ht:nn }
\tl_put_right:Nx \l__tblr_v_tl { { \dim_use:N \l_tmpa_dim } }
\tl_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_v_tl
{
{ \vss \hbox:n { \vbox_to_ht:nn {#2} {} \vrule width \rulewidth } \vss }
}
\prop_gput:NnV \g__tblr_defined_vdash_styles_prop {#1} \l__tblr_v_tl
%\prop_log:N \g__tblr_defined_vdash_styles_prop
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_dash_style_make_boxes:nnn { nxx }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_hline_dash_style:N #1
{
\tl_set:Nx \l_tmpa_tl
{ \prop_item:NV \g__tblr_defined_hdash_styles_prop #1 }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l_tmpa_tl { \tl_set_eq:NN #1 \l_tmpa_tl }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_vline_dash_style:N #1
{
\tl_set:Nx \l_tmpa_tl
{ \prop_item:NV \g__tblr_defined_vdash_styles_prop #1 }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l_tmpa_tl { \tl_set_eq:NN #1 \l_tmpa_tl }
}
\NewDashStyle {dashed} {on ~ 2pt ~ off ~ 2pt}
\NewDashStyle {dotted} {on ~ 0.4pt ~ off ~ 1pt}
8.9 Set Hlines and Vlines
\tl_const:Nn \@tblr@dash { dash }
\tl_const:Nn \@tblr@text { text }
\regex_const:Nn \c__tblr_is_color_key_regex { ^[A-Za-z] }
%% \SetHlines command for setting every hline in the table
\NewTableCommand \SetHlines [3] [+]
{
\tblr_set_every_hline:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
}
%% We put all code inside a group to avoid affecting other table commands
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_every_hline:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 77
\group_begin:
\int_step_inline:nn { \int_eval:n { \c@rowcount + 1 } }
{
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum {##1}
\tblr_set_hline:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
}
\group_end:
}
%% Check the number of arguments and call \tblr_set_every_hline in different ways
%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_every_hline_aux:n #1
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#1}
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { \tl_count:n {#1} } = {3}
{ \tblr_set_every_hline:nnn #1 }
{ \tblr_set_every_hline:nnn {1} #1 }
}
{ \tblr_set_every_hline:nnn {1} {-} {#1} }
}
%% Add \SetHline, \hline and \cline commands
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_hline_count_tl % the count of all hlines
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_hline_num_tl % the index of the hline
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_hline_cols_tl % the columns of the hline
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_hline_dash_tl % dash style
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_hline_fg_tl % dash foreground
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_hline_wd_tl % dash width
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl % left position
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl % right position
\bool_new:N \l__tblr_hline_endpos_bool % whether set positions only for both ends
\NewTableCommand \cline [2] [] { \SetHline [=] {#2} {#1} }
\NewTableCommand \hline [1] [] { \SetHline [+] {-} {#1} }
%% #1: the index of the hline (may be + or =)
%% #2: which columns of the hline, separate by commas
%% #3: key=value pairs
\NewTableCommand \SetHline [3] [+]
{
\tblr_set_hline:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
}
%% We need to check "text" key first
%% If it does exist and has empty value, then do nothing
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_hline:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\group_begin:
\keys_set_groups:nnn { tblr-hline } { text } {#3}
\tl_if_eq:NnF \l__tblr_hline_dash_tl { \exp_not:N \@tblr@text }
{
\__tblr_set_hline_num:n {#1}
\tl_clear:N \l__tblr_hline_dash_tl
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 78
\keys_set:nn { tblr-hline } { dash = solid, #3 }
\__tblr_set_hline_cmd:n {#2}
}
\group_end:
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_hline:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\group_begin:
\__tblr_get_childs:nx {#1} { \int_eval:n { \c@rowcount + 1 } }
\clist_map_inline:Nn \l_tblr_childs_clist
{
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum {##1}
\tblr_set_hline:nnn {#2} {#3} {#4}
}
\group_end:
}
%% Check the number of arguments and call \tblr_set_hline in different ways
%% Note that #1 always includes an outer pair of braces
%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_hline_aux:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#2}
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { \tl_count:n {#2} } = {3}
{ \tblr_set_hline:nnnn #1 #2 }
{ \tblr_set_hline:nnnn #1 {1} #2 }
}
{ \tblr_set_hline:nnnn #1 {1} {-} {#2} }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_set_hline_aux:nn { Vn }
%% #1: the index of hline to set (may be + or =)
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_hline_num:n #1
{
\tl_clear:N \l__tblr_hline_num_tl
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_hline_count_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [\int_use:N \c@rownum] / @hline-count } }
%% \l__tblr_hline_count_tl may be empty when rowspec has extra |'s
\int_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_hline_count_tl + 0 } = {0}
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_hline_num_tl { 1 }
\__tblr_spec_gput:nen { hline }
{ [\int_use:N \c@rownum] / @hline-count } { 1 }
}
{
\tl_if_eq:nnTF {#1} {+}
{ \__tblr_set_hline_num_incr: }
{
\tl_if_eq:nnTF {#1} {=}
{ \tl_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_hline_num_tl \l__tblr_hline_count_tl }
{
\int_compare:nNnTF {#1} > { \l__tblr_hline_count_tl }
{ \__tblr_set_hline_num_incr: }
{ \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_num_tl {#1} }
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 79
}
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_hline_num_incr:
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_hline_count_tl
{ \int_eval:n { \l__tblr_hline_count_tl + 1 } }
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { hline }
{ [\int_use:N \c@rownum] / @hline-count } { \l__tblr_hline_count_tl }
\tl_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_hline_num_tl \l__tblr_hline_count_tl
}
\keys_define:nn { tblr-hline }
{
dash .code:n = \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_dash_tl { \exp_not:N \@tblr@dash #1 },
text .code:n = \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_dash_tl { \exp_not:N \@tblr@text #1 },
text .groups:n = { text },
wd .code:n = \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_wd_tl { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
fg .code:n = \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_fg_tl {#1},
leftpos .code:n = \tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl {#1},
rightpos .code:n = \tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl {#1},
l .meta:n = { leftpos = #1 },
l .default:n = { -0.8 },
r .meta:n = { rightpos = #1 },
r .default:n = { -0.8 },
lr .meta:n = { leftpos = #1, rightpos = #1 },
lr .default:n = { -0.8 },
endpos .bool_set:N = \l__tblr_hline_endpos_bool,
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_hline_unknown_key:V \l_keys_key_str,
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_hline_unknown_key:n #1
{
\prop_if_in:NnTF \g__tblr_defined_hdash_styles_prop {#1}
{ \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_dash_tl { \exp_not:N \@tblr@dash #1 } }
{
\regex_match:NnTF \c__tblr_is_color_key_regex {#1}
{ \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_fg_tl {#1} }
{
\tl_set_rescan:Nnn \l__tblr_v_tl {} {#1}
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_wd_tl { \dim_eval:n {\l__tblr_v_tl} }
}
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_hline_unknown_key:n { V }
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__tblr_set_hline_cmd:n #1
{
\__tblr_get_childs:nx {#1} { \int_use:N \c@colcount }
\clist_map_inline:Nn \l_tblr_childs_clist
{
\__tblr_set_hline_option:nnn { ##1 } { @dash } { \l__tblr_hline_dash_tl }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_hline_wd_tl
{
\__tblr_set_hline_option:nnn { ##1 } { wd } { \l__tblr_hline_wd_tl }
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 80
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_hline_fg_tl
{
\__tblr_set_hline_option:nnn { ##1 } { fg } { \l__tblr_hline_fg_tl }
}
}
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl
{
\bool_if:NTF \l__tblr_hline_endpos_bool
{
\__tblr_set_hline_option:nnn
{ \clist_item:Nn \l_tblr_childs_clist {1} }
{ leftpos }
{ \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl }
}
{
\clist_map_inline:Nn \l_tblr_childs_clist
{
\__tblr_set_hline_option:nnn
{ ##1 } { leftpos } { \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl }
}
}
}
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl
{
\bool_if:NTF \l__tblr_hline_endpos_bool
{
\__tblr_set_hline_option:nnn
{ \clist_item:Nn \l_tblr_childs_clist {-1} }
{ rightpos }
{ \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl }
}
{
\clist_map_inline:Nn \l_tblr_childs_clist
{
\__tblr_set_hline_option:nnn
{ ##1 } { rightpos } { \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl }
}
}
}
}
%% #1: column; #2: key; #3: value
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__tblr_set_hline_option:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { hline }
{ [\int_use:N \c@rownum][#1](\l__tblr_hline_num_tl) / #2 } { #3 }
}
\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { obsolete-firsthline }
{ \firsthline ~ is ~ obsolete; ~ use ~ 'baseline=T' ~ instead. }
\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { obsolete-lasthline }
{ \lasthline ~ is ~ obsolete; ~ use ~ 'baseline=B' ~ instead. }
\NewTableCommand \firsthline [1] []
{
\msg_error:nn { tabularray } { obsolete-firsthline }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 81
}
\NewTableCommand \lasthline [1] []
{
\msg_error:nn { tabularray } { obsolete-lasthline }
}
%% \SetVlines command for setting every vline in the table
\NewTableCommand \SetVlines [3] [+]
{
\tblr_set_every_vline:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
}
%% We put all code inside a group to avoid affecting other table commands
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_every_vline:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\group_begin:
\int_step_inline:nn { \int_eval:n { \c@colcount + 1 } }
{
\int_set:Nn \c@colnum {##1}
\tblr_set_vline:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
}
\group_end:
}
%% Check the number of arguments and call \tblr_set_every_vline in different ways
%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_every_vline_aux:n #1
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#1}
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { \tl_count:n {#1} } = {3}
{ \tblr_set_every_vline:nnn #1 }
{ \tblr_set_every_vline:nnn {1} #1 }
}
{ \tblr_set_every_vline:nnn {1} {-} {#1} }
}
%% Add \SetVline, \vline and \rline commands
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_vline_count_tl % the count of all vlines
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_vline_num_tl % the index of the vline
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_vline_rows_tl % the rows of the vline
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_vline_dash_tl % dash style
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_vline_fg_tl % dash foreground
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_vline_wd_tl % dash width
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl % above position
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_vline_belowpos_tl % below position
\NewTableCommand \rline [2] [] { \SetVline [=] {#2} {#1} }
\NewTableCommand \vline [1] [] { \SetVline [+] {-} {#1} }
%% #1: the index of the vline (may be + or =)
%% #2: which rows of the vline, separate by commas
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 82
%% #3: key=value pairs
\NewTableCommand \SetVline [3] [+]
{
\tblr_set_vline:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
}
%% We need to check "text" key first
%% If it does exist and has empty value, then do nothing
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_vline:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\group_begin:
\keys_set_groups:nnn { tblr-vline } { text } {#3}
\tl_if_eq:NnF \l__tblr_vline_dash_tl { \exp_not:N \@tblr@text }
{
\__tblr_set_vline_num:n {#1}
\tl_clear:N \l__tblr_vline_dash_tl
\keys_set:nn { tblr-vline } { dash = solid, #3 }
\__tblr_set_vline_cmd:n {#2}
}
\group_end:
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_vline:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\group_begin:
\__tblr_get_childs:nx {#1} { \int_eval:n { \c@colcount + 1} }
\clist_map_inline:Nn \l_tblr_childs_clist
{
\int_set:Nn \c@colnum {##1}
\tblr_set_vline:nnn {#2} {#3} {#4}
}
\group_end:
}
%% Check the number of arguments and call \tblr_set_vline in different ways
%% Note that #1 always includes an outer pair of braces
%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_vline_aux:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#2}
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { \tl_count:n {#2} } = {3}
{ \tblr_set_vline:nnnn #1 #2 }
{ \tblr_set_vline:nnnn #1 {1} #2 }
}
{ \tblr_set_vline:nnnn #1 {1} {-} {#2} }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_set_vline_aux:nn { Vn }
%% #1: the index of vline to set (may be + or =)
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_vline_num:n #1
{
\tl_clear:N \l__tblr_vline_num_tl
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_vline_count_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [\int_use:N \c@colnum] / @vline-count } }
%% \l__tblr_vline_count_tl may be empty when colspec has extra |'s
\int_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_vline_count_tl + 0 } = {0}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 83
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_vline_num_tl { 1 }
\__tblr_spec_gput:nen { vline }
{ [\int_use:N \c@colnum] / @vline-count } { 1 }
}
{
\tl_if_eq:nnTF {#1} {+}
{ \__tblr_set_vline_num_incr: }
{
\tl_if_eq:nnTF {#1} {=}
{ \tl_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_vline_num_tl \l__tblr_vline_count_tl }
{
\int_compare:nNnTF {#1} > { \l__tblr_vline_count_tl }
{ \__tblr_set_vline_num_incr: }
{ \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_num_tl {#1} }
}
}
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_vline_num_incr:
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_vline_count_tl
{ \int_eval:n { \l__tblr_vline_count_tl + 1 } }
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { vline }
{ [\int_use:N \c@colnum] / @vline-count } { \l__tblr_vline_count_tl }
\tl_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_vline_num_tl \l__tblr_vline_count_tl
}
\keys_define:nn { tblr-vline }
{
dash .code:n = \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_dash_tl { \exp_not:N \@tblr@dash #1 },
text .code:n = \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_dash_tl { \exp_not:N \@tblr@text #1 },
text .groups:n = { text },
wd .code:n = \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_wd_tl { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
fg .code:n = \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_fg_tl {#1},
abovepos .code:n = \tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl {#1},
belowpos .code:n = \tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_vline_belowpos_tl {#1},
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_vline_unknown_key:V \l_keys_key_str,
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_vline_unknown_key:n #1
{
\prop_if_in:NnTF \g__tblr_defined_vdash_styles_prop {#1}
{ \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_dash_tl { \exp_not:N \@tblr@dash #1 } }
{
\regex_match:NnTF \c__tblr_is_color_key_regex {#1}
{ \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_fg_tl {#1} }
{
\tl_set_rescan:Nnn \l__tblr_v_tl {} {#1}
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_wd_tl { \dim_eval:n {\l__tblr_v_tl} }
}
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_vline_unknown_key:n { V }
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__tblr_set_vline_cmd:n #1
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 84
{
\__tblr_get_childs:nx {#1} { \int_use:N \c@rowcount }
\clist_map_inline:Nn \l_tblr_childs_clist
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { vline }
{ [##1][\int_use:N \c@colnum](\l__tblr_vline_num_tl) / @dash }
{ \l__tblr_vline_dash_tl }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_vline_wd_tl
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { vline }
{ [##1][\int_use:N \c@colnum](\l__tblr_vline_num_tl) / wd }
{ \l__tblr_vline_wd_tl }
}
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_vline_fg_tl
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { vline }
{ [##1][\int_use:N \c@colnum](\l__tblr_vline_num_tl) / fg }
{ \l__tblr_vline_fg_tl }
}
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { vline }
{ [##1][\int_use:N \c@colnum](\l__tblr_vline_num_tl) / abovepos }
{ \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl }
}
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_vline_belowpos_tl
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { vline }
{ [##1][\int_use:N \c@colnum](\l__tblr_vline_num_tl) / belowpos }
{ \l__tblr_vline_belowpos_tl }
}
}
}
8.10 Set Hborders and Vborders
%% Hborder holds keys not related to a specified hline
\NewTableCommand \hborder [1] { \tblr_set_hborder:n {#1} }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_hborder:n #1
{
\keys_set:nn { tblr-hborder } {#1}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_hborder:nn #1 #2
{
\group_begin:
\__tblr_get_childs:nx {#1} { \int_eval:n { \c@rowcount + 1 } }
\clist_map_inline:Nn \l_tblr_childs_clist
{
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum {##1}
\tblr_set_hborder:n {#2}
}
\group_end:
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 85
%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
%% Note that #1 always includes an outer pair of braces
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_hborder_aux:nn #1 #2
{
\tblr_set_hborder:nn #1 {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_set_hborder_aux:nn { Vn }
\keys_define:nn { tblr-hborder }
{
abovespace .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput_above:ne
{ belowsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
belowspace .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput:ne { abovesep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
abovespace+ .code:n = \__tblr_row_gadd_dimen_above:ne
{ belowsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
belowspace+ .code:n = \__tblr_row_gadd_dimen:ne
{ abovesep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
pagebreak .code:n = \__tblr_hborder_gput_pagebreak:n {#1},
pagebreak .default:n = yes,
baseline .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:ne
{ baseline } { - \int_use:N \c@rownum },
}
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_pagebreak_yes_tl { 1 }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_pagebreak_auto_tl { 0 }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_pagebreak_no_tl { -1 }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_hborder_gput_pagebreak:n #1
{
\tl_if_exist:cT { c__tblr_pagebreak_ #1 _tl }
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { hline }
{ [\int_use:N \c@rownum] / @pagebreak }
{ \tl_use:c { c__tblr_pagebreak_ #1 _tl } }
}
}
%% Vborder holds keys not related to a specified vline
\NewTableCommand \vborder [1] { \tblr_set_vborder:n {#1} }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_vborder:n #1
{
\keys_set:nn { tblr-vborder } {#1}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_vborder:nn #1 #2
{
\group_begin:
\__tblr_get_childs:nx {#1} { \int_eval:n { \c@colcount + 1 } }
\clist_map_inline:Nn \l_tblr_childs_clist
{
\int_set:Nn \c@colnum {##1}
\tblr_set_vborder:n {#2}
}
\group_end:
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 86
%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
%% Note that #1 always includes an outer pair of braces
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_vborder_aux:nn #1 #2
{
\tblr_set_vborder:nn #1 {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_set_vborder_aux:nn { Vn }
\keys_define:nn { tblr-vborder }
{
leftspace .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput_left:ne
{ rightsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
rightspace .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput:ne { leftsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
leftspace+ .code:n = \__tblr_column_gadd_dimen_left:ne
{ rightsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
rightspace+ .code:n = \__tblr_column_gadd_dimen:ne
{ leftsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
}
8.11 Set Cells
%% \SetCells command for setting every cell in the table
\NewTableCommand \SetCells [2] []
{
\tblr_set_every_cell:nn {#1} {#2}
}
%% We put all code inside a group to avoid affecting other table commands
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_every_cell:nn #1 #2
{
\group_begin:
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@rowcount }
{
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum {##1}
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount }
{
\int_set:Nn \c@colnum {####1}
\tblr_set_cell:nn {#1} {#2}
}
}
\group_end:
}
%% Check the number of arguments and call \tblr_set_every_cell in different ways
%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_every_cell_aux:n #1
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#1}
{ \tblr_set_every_cell:nn #1 }
{ \tblr_set_every_cell:nn {} {#1} }
}
%% \SetCell command for multirow and/or multicolumn cells
\NewTableCommand \SetCell [2] []
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 87
{
\tblr_set_cell:nn { #1 } { #2 }
}
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_row_span_num_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_col_span_num_tl
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_cell:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_row_span_num_tl { 1 }
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_col_span_num_tl { 1 }
\keys_set:nn { tblr-cell-span } { #1 }
\keys_set:nn { tblr-cell-spec } { #2 }
\__tblr_set_span_spec:VV \l__tblr_row_span_num_tl \l__tblr_col_span_num_tl
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tblr_set_cell:nn { nV }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_cell:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\group_begin:
\__tblr_get_childs:nx {#1} { \int_use:N \c@rowcount }
\clist_set_eq:NN \l_tmpa_clist \l_tblr_childs_clist
\__tblr_get_childs:nx {#2} { \int_use:N \c@colcount }
\clist_set_eq:NN \l_tmpb_clist \l_tblr_childs_clist
\clist_map_inline:Nn \l_tmpa_clist
{
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum {##1}
\clist_map_inline:Nn \l_tmpb_clist
{
\int_set:Nn \c@colnum {####1}
\tblr_set_cell:nn {#3} {#4}
}
}
\group_end:
}
%% Check the number of arguments and call \tblr_set_cell in different ways
%% Note that #1 is always of the type {<i>}{<j>}
%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_cell_aux:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#2}
{ \tblr_set_cell:nnnn #1 #2 }
{ \tblr_set_cell:nnnn #1 {} {#2} }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_set_cell_aux:nn { Vn }
\keys_define:nn { tblr-cell-span }
{
r .tl_set:N = \l__tblr_row_span_num_tl,
c .tl_set:N = \l__tblr_col_span_num_tl,
}
\keys_define:nn { tblr-cell-spec }
{
halign .code:n = \__tblr_cell_gput:nn { halign } {#1},
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 88
valign .code:n = \__tblr_cell_gput:nn { valign } {#1},
j .meta:n = { halign = j },
l .meta:n = { halign = l },
c .meta:n = { halign = c },
r .meta:n = { halign = r },
t .meta:n = { valign = t },
p .meta:n = { valign = t },
m .meta:n = { valign = m },
b .meta:n = { valign = b },
h .meta:n = { valign = h },
f .meta:n = { valign = f },
wd .code:n = \__tblr_cell_gput:ne { width } {#1},
bg .code:n = \__tblr_cell_gput:ne { background } {#1},
fg .code:n = \__tblr_cell_gput:ne { foreground } {#1},
font .code:n = \__tblr_cell_gput:nn { font } { #1 \selectfont },
mode .code:n = \__tblr_cell_gput:nn { mode } {#1},
$ .meta:n = { mode = math },
$$ .meta:n = { mode = dmath },
cmd .code:n = \__tblr_cell_gput:nn { cmd } {#1},
preto .code:n = \__tblr_cell_preto_text:n {#1},
appto .code:n = \__tblr_cell_appto_text:n {#1},
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_cell_unknown_key:V \l_keys_key_str,
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_cell_gput:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_data_gput:neenn { cell }
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_cell_gput:nn { ne }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_cell_gput:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nnnnn { cell } {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_cell_gput:nnnn
{ nenn, ennn, eenn, nene, enne, eene }
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_cell_text_tl
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_cell_preto_text:n #1
{
\__tblr_cell_preto_text:een
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } {#1}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_cell_preto_text:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_cell_text_tl { \__tblr_spec_item:nn { text } { [#1][#2] } }
\tl_put_left:Nn \l__tblr_cell_text_tl {#3}
\__tblr_spec_gput:nnV { text } { [#1][#2] } \l__tblr_cell_text_tl
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_cell_preto_text:nnn { nen, enn, een }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_cell_appto_text:n #1
{
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 89
\__tblr_cell_appto_text:een
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } {#1}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_cell_appto_text:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_cell_text_tl { \__tblr_spec_item:ne { text } { [#1][#2] } }
\tl_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_cell_text_tl {#3}
\__tblr_spec_gput:neV { text } { [#1][#2] } \l__tblr_cell_text_tl
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_cell_appto_text:nnn { nen, enn, een }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_cell_unknown_key:n #1
{
\regex_match:NnTF \c__tblr_is_color_key_regex {#1}
{
\__tblr_data_gput:neene { cell }
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } { background } {#1}
}
{
\tl_set_rescan:Nnn \l__tblr_v_tl {} {#1}
\__tblr_data_gput:neene { cell }
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } { width }
{ \dim_eval:n { \l__tblr_v_tl } }
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_cell_unknown_key:n { V }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_span_spec:nn #1 #2
{
\int_compare:nNnT { #1 } > { 1 }
{
\__tblr_prop_gput:nnn { inner } { rowspan } { true }
\__tblr_data_gput:neenn { cell }
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } { rowspan } {#1}
}
\int_compare:nNnT { #2 } > { 1 }
{
\__tblr_prop_gput:nnn { inner } { colspan } { true }
\__tblr_data_gput:neenn { cell }
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } { colspan } {#2}
}
\int_step_variable:nnNn
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_eval:n { \c@rownum + #1 - 1 } } \l__tblr_i_tl
{
\int_step_variable:nnNn
{ \int_use:N \c@colnum } { \int_eval:n { \c@colnum + #2 - 1 } }
\l__tblr_j_tl
{
\bool_lazy_and:nnF
{ \int_compare_p:nNn { \l__tblr_i_tl } = { \c@rownum } }
{ \int_compare_p:nNn { \l__tblr_j_tl } = { \c@colnum } }
{
\__tblr_data_gput:neenn { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { omit } {1}
}
\int_compare:nNnF { \l__tblr_i_tl } = { \c@rownum }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 90
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nen { hline }
{ [\l__tblr_i_tl][\l__tblr_j_tl] / omit } {true}
}
\int_compare:nNnF { \l__tblr_j_tl } = { \c@colnum }
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { vline }
{ [\l__tblr_i_tl][\l__tblr_j_tl] / omit } {true}
}
}
}
%% Make continuous borders for multirow cells
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_n_tl
{
\int_max:nn
{
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [\int_use:N \c@colnum] / @vline-count }
}
{ 1 }
}
\int_step_variable:nnNn
{ \c@rownum } { \int_eval:n { \c@rownum + #1 - 2 } } \l__tblr_i_tl
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { vline }
{ [\l__tblr_i_tl][\int_use:N \c@colnum](\l__tblr_n_tl) / belowpos } {1}
\__tblr_spec_gput:nee { vline }
{ [\l__tblr_i_tl][\int_eval:n {\c@colnum + #2}](1) / belowpos } {1}
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_set_span_spec:nn { VV }
%% Obsolete \multicolumn and \multirow commands
\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { obsolete-multicolumn }
{ \multicolumn ~ is ~ obsolete; ~ use ~ \SetCell ~ instead. }
\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { obsolete-multirow }
{ \multirow ~ is ~ obsolete; ~ use ~ \SetCell ~ instead. }
\NewTableCommand \multicolumn [2]
{
\msg_error:nn { tabularray } { obsolete-multicolumn }
}
\NewTableCommand \multirow [3] [m]
{
\msg_error:nn { tabularray } { obsolete-multirow }
}
8.12 Set Columns and Rows
%% \SetColumns command for setting every column in the table
\NewTableCommand \SetColumns [2] []
{
\tblr_set_every_column:nn {#1} {#2}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 91
}
%% We put all code inside a group to avoid affecting other table commands
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_every_column:nn #1 #2
{
\group_begin:
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount }
{
\int_set:Nn \c@colnum {##1}
\tblr_set_column:nn {#1} {#2}
}
\group_end:
}
%% Check the number of arguments and call \tblr_set_every_column in different ways
%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_every_column_aux:n #1
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#1}
{ \tblr_set_every_column:nn #1 }
{ \tblr_set_every_column:nn {} {#1} }
}
%% \SetColumn command for current column or each cells in the column
\NewTableCommand \SetColumn [2] []
{
\tblr_set_column:nn {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_column:nn #1 #2
{
\keys_set:nn { tblr-column } {#2}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_column:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\group_begin:
\__tblr_get_childs:nx {#1} { \int_use:N \c@colcount }
\clist_map_inline:Nn \l_tblr_childs_clist
{
\int_set:Nn \c@colnum {##1}
\tblr_set_column:nn {#2} {#3}
}
\group_end:
}
%% Check the number of arguments and call \tblr_set_column in different ways
%% Note that #1 always includes an outer pair of braces
%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_column_aux:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#2}
{ \tblr_set_column:nnn #1 #2 }
{ \tblr_set_column:nnn #1 {} {#2} }
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 92
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_set_column_aux:nn { Vn }
\keys_define:nn { tblr-column }
{
halign .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { halign } {#1},
valign .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { valign } {#1},
j .meta:n = { halign = j },
l .meta:n = { halign = l },
c .meta:n = { halign = c },
r .meta:n = { halign = r },
t .meta:n = { valign = t },
p .meta:n = { valign = t },
m .meta:n = { valign = m },
b .meta:n = { valign = b },
h .meta:n = { valign = h },
f .meta:n = { valign = f },
bg .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { background } {#1},
fg .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { foreground } {#1},
font .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { font } { #1 \selectfont },
mode .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { mode } {#1},
$ .meta:n = { mode = math },
$$ .meta:n = { mode = dmath },
cmd .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { cmd } {#1},
wd .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput:ne { width } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
co .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput:ne { coefficient } {#1},
preto .code:n = \__tblr_preto_text_for_every_column_cell:n {#1},
appto .code:n = \__tblr_appto_text_for_every_column_cell:n {#1},
leftsep .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput:ne { leftsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
rightsep .code:n = \__tblr_column_gput:ne { rightsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
colsep .meta:n = { leftsep = #1, rightsep = #1},
leftsep+ .code:n = \__tblr_column_gadd_dimen:ne
{ leftsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
rightsep+ .code:n = \__tblr_column_gadd_dimen:ne
{ rightsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
colsep+ .meta:n = { leftsep+ = #1, rightsep+ = #1},
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_column_unknown_key:V \l_keys_key_str,
}
%% #1: key; #2: value
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_column_gput:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nenn { column } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_column_gput:nn { ne }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_column_gput_left:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nenn { column } { \int_eval:n { \c@colnum - 1 } } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_column_gput_left:nn { ne }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_column_gadd_dimen:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_data_gadd_dimen_value:nenn { column }
{ \int_use:N \c@colnum } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_column_gadd_dimen:nn { ne }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 93
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_column_gadd_dimen_left:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_data_gadd_dimen_value:nenn { column }
{ \int_eval:n { \c@colnum - 1 } } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_column_gadd_dimen_left:nn { ne }
%% #1: key; #2: value
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn #1 #2
{
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@rowcount }
{
\__tblr_cell_gput:nenn {##1} { \int_use:N \c@colnum } {#1} {#2}
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { ne }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_preto_text_for_every_column_cell:n #1
{
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@rowcount }
{
\__tblr_cell_preto_text:nen {##1} { \int_use:N \c@colnum } {#1}
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_appto_text_for_every_column_cell:n #1
{
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@rowcount }
{
\__tblr_cell_appto_text:nen {##1} { \int_use:N \c@colnum } {#1}
}
}
\regex_const:Nn \c__tblr_is_number_key_regex { ^[\+\-]? (\d+|\d*\.\d+)$ }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_column_unknown_key:n #1
{
\regex_match:NnTF \c__tblr_is_number_key_regex {#1}
{ \__tblr_column_gput:ne { coefficient } {#1} }
{
\regex_match:NnTF \c__tblr_is_color_key_regex {#1}
{ \__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { background } {#1} }
{
\tl_set_rescan:Nnn \l__tblr_v_tl {} {#1}
\__tblr_column_gput:ne { width } { \dim_eval:n { \l__tblr_v_tl } }
}
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_column_unknown_key:n { V }
%% \SetRows command for setting every row in the table
\NewTableCommand \SetRows [2] []
{
\tblr_set_every_row:nn {#1} {#2}
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 94
%% We put all code inside a group to avoid affecting other table commands
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_every_row:nn #1 #2
{
\group_begin:
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@rowcount }
{
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum {##1}
\tblr_set_row:nn {#1} {#2}
}
\group_end:
}
%% Check the number of arguments and call \tblr_set_every_row in different ways
%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_every_row_aux:n #1
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#1}
{ \tblr_set_every_row:nn #1 }
{ \tblr_set_every_row:nn {} {#1} }
}
%% \SetRow command for current row or each cells in the row
\NewTableCommand \SetRow [2] []
{
\tblr_set_row:nn {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_row:nn #1 #2
{
\keys_set:nn { tblr-row } {#2}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_set_row:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\group_begin:
\__tblr_get_childs:nx {#1} { \int_use:N \c@rowcount }
\clist_map_inline:Nn \l_tblr_childs_clist
{
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum {##1}
\tblr_set_row:nn {#2} {#3}
}
\group_end:
}
%% Check the number of arguments and call \tblr_set_row in different ways
%% Note that #1 always includes an outer pair of braces
%% This function is called when parsing table specifications
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_row_aux:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#2}
{ \tblr_set_row:nnn #1 #2 }
{ \tblr_set_row:nnn #1 {} {#2} }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_set_row_aux:nn { Vn }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 95
\keys_define:nn { tblr-row }
{
halign .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput_cell:nn { halign } {#1},
valign .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput_cell:nn { valign } {#1},
j .meta:n = { halign = j },
l .meta:n = { halign = l },
c .meta:n = { halign = c },
r .meta:n = { halign = r },
t .meta:n = { valign = t },
p .meta:n = { valign = t },
m .meta:n = { valign = m },
b .meta:n = { valign = b },
h .meta:n = { valign = h },
f .meta:n = { valign = f },
bg .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput_cell:nn { background } {#1},
fg .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput_cell:nn { foreground } {#1},
font .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput_cell:nn { font } { #1 \selectfont },
mode .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput_cell:nn { mode } {#1},
$ .meta:n = { mode = math },
$$ .meta:n = { mode = dmath },
cmd .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput_cell:nn { cmd } {#1},
ht .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput:ne { height } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
co .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput:ne { coefficient } {#1},
preto .code:n = \__tblr_preto_text_for_every_row_cell:n {#1},
appto .code:n = \__tblr_appto_text_for_every_row_cell:n {#1},
abovesep .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput:ne { abovesep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
belowsep .code:n = \__tblr_row_gput:ne { belowsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
rowsep .meta:n = { abovesep = #1, belowsep = #1},
abovesep+ .code:n = \__tblr_row_gadd_dimen:ne { abovesep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
belowsep+ .code:n = \__tblr_row_gadd_dimen:ne { belowsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
rowsep+ .meta:n = { abovesep+ = #1, belowsep+ = #1},
baseline .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:ne
{ baseline } { \int_use:N \c@rownum },
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_row_unknown_key:V \l_keys_key_str,
}
%% #1: key; #2: value
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_row_gput:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nenn { row } { \int_use:N \c@rownum } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_row_gput:nn { ne }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_row_gput_above:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nenn { row } { \int_eval:n { \c@rownum - 1 } } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_row_gput_above:nn { ne }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_row_gadd_dimen:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_data_gadd_dimen_value:nenn { row } { \int_use:N \c@rownum } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_row_gadd_dimen:nn { ne }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_row_gadd_dimen_above:nn #1 #2
{
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 96
\__tblr_data_gadd_dimen_value:nenn { row }
{ \int_eval:n { \c@rownum - 1 } } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_row_gadd_dimen_above:nn { ne }
%% #1: key; #2: value
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_row_gput_cell:nn #1 #2
{
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount }
{
\__tblr_cell_gput:ennn { \int_use:N \c@rownum } {##1} {#1} {#2}
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_row_gput_cell:nn { ne }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_preto_text_for_every_row_cell:n #1
{
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount }
{
\__tblr_cell_preto_text:enn { \int_use:N \c@rownum } {##1} {#1}
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_appto_text_for_every_row_cell:n #1
{
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount }
{
\__tblr_cell_appto_text:enn { \int_use:N \c@rownum } {##1} {#1}
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_row_unknown_key:n #1
{
\regex_match:NnTF \c__tblr_is_number_key_regex {#1}
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { row } { \int_use:N \c@rownum }
{ coefficient } {#1}
}
{
\regex_match:NnTF \c__tblr_is_color_key_regex {#1}
{ \__tblr_row_gput_cell:nn { background } {#1} }
{
\tl_set_rescan:Nnn \l__tblr_v_tl {} {#1}
\__tblr_row_gput:ne { height } { \dim_eval:n { \l__tblr_v_tl } }
}
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_row_unknown_key:n { V }
\NewTableCommand \pagebreak [1] [4]
{
\hborder { pagebreak = yes }
}
\NewTableCommand \nopagebreak [1] [4]
{
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 97
\hborder { pagebreak = no }
}
8.13 Column Types and Row Types
%% Some primitive column/row types
\str_const:Nn \c_tblr_primitive_colrow_types_str { Q | < > }
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_primitive_column_type_ Q } { O{} }
{
\keys_set:nn { tblr-column } { #1 }
\int_incr:N \c@colnum
\__tblr_execute_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_column_type_ Q } { O{} }
{
\tl_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl { Q[#1] }
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_primitive_row_type_ Q } { O{} }
{
\keys_set:nn { tblr-row } { #1 }
\int_incr:N \c@rownum
\__tblr_execute_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_row_type_ Q } { O{} }
{
\tl_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl { Q[#1] }
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_primitive_column_type_ | } { O{} }
{
\vline [#1]
\__tblr_execute_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_column_type_ | } { O{} }
{
\tl_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl { |[#1] }
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_primitive_row_type_ | } { O{} }
{
\hline [#1]
\__tblr_execute_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_row_type_ | } { O{} }
{
\tl_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl { |[#1] }
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 98
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_primitive_column_type_ > } { O{} m }
{
\tl_if_blank:nF {#1}
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene
{ column }
{ \int_use:N \c@colnum } { leftsep }
{ \dim_eval:n {#1} }
}
\tl_if_blank:nF {#2}
{
\__tblr_preto_text_for_every_column_cell:n {#2}
}
\__tblr_execute_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_column_type_ > } { O{} m }
{
\tl_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl { >[#1]{#2} }
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_primitive_row_type_ > } { O{} m }
{
\tl_if_blank:nF {#1}
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { row } { \int_use:N \c@rownum }
{ abovesep } { \dim_eval:n { #1 } }
}
\tl_if_blank:nF {#2}
{
\__tblr_preto_text_for_every_row_cell:n {#2}
}
\__tblr_execute_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_row_type_ > } { O{} m }
{
\tl_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl { >[#1]{#2} }
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_primitive_column_type_ < } { O{} m }
{
\tl_if_blank:nF {#1}
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { column }
{ \int_eval:n {\c@colnum - 1} } { rightsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} }
}
\tl_if_blank:nF {#2}
{
\group_begin:
\int_decr:N \c@colnum
\__tblr_appto_text_for_every_column_cell:n {#2}
\group_end:
}
\__tblr_execute_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_column_type_ < } { O{} m }
{
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 99
\tl_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl { <[#1]{#2} }
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_primitive_row_type_ < } { O{} m }
{
\tl_if_blank:nF {#1}
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { row } { \int_eval:n {\c@rownum - 1} }
{ belowsep } { \dim_eval:n {#1} }
}
\tl_if_blank:nF {#2}
{
\group_begin:
\int_decr:N \c@rownum
\__tblr_appto_text_for_every_row_cell:n {#2}
\group_end:
}
\__tblr_execute_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\exp_args:Nc \NewDocumentCommand { tblr_row_type_ < } { O{} m }
{
\tl_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl { <[#1]{#2} }
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N
}
%% \NewColumnType/\NewRowType command and predefined column/row types
\str_new:N \g_tblr_used_column_types_str
\str_gset_eq:NN \g_tblr_used_column_types_str \c_tblr_primitive_colrow_types_str
\str_new:N \g_tblr_used_row_types_str
\str_gset_eq:NN \g_tblr_used_row_types_str \c_tblr_primitive_colrow_types_str
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_colrow_spec_expand_stop_bool
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl
\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { used-colrow-type }
{ #1 ~ type ~ name ~ #2 ~ has ~ been ~ used! }
\NewDocumentCommand \NewColumnType { m O{0} o m }
{
\tl_set:Nn \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl { column }
\__tblr_new_column_or_row_type:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4}
}
\NewDocumentCommand \NewRowType { m O{0} o m }
{
\tl_set:Nn \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl { row }
\__tblr_new_column_or_row_type:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4}
}
\NewDocumentCommand \NewColumnRowType { m O{0} o m }
{
\tl_set:Nn \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl { column }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 100
\__tblr_new_column_or_row_type:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4}
\tl_set:Nn \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl { row }
\__tblr_new_column_or_row_type:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_new_column_or_row_type:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\str_if_in:cnTF { g_tblr_used_ \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl _types_str } {#1}
{
\tl_if_eq:NnTF \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl { row }
{ \msg_error:nnnn { tabularray } { used-colrow-type } { Row } {#1} }
{ \msg_error:nnnn { tabularray } { used-colrow-type } { Column } {#1} }
\str_log:c { g_tblr_used_ \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl _types_str }
}
{
\__tblr_make_xparse_arg_spec:nnN {#2} {#3} \l__tblr_a_tl
\exp_args:NcV \NewDocumentCommand
{ tblr_ \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl _type_ #1 } \l__tblr_a_tl
{
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_colrow_spec_expand_stop_bool
\tl_gput_right:Nf \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl {#4}
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N
}
\str_gput_right:cn
{ g_tblr_used_ \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl _types_str } {#1}
}
}
\NewColumnRowType { l } { Q[l] }
\NewColumnRowType { c } { Q[c] }
\NewColumnRowType { r } { Q[r] }
\NewColumnRowType { j } { Q[j] }
\NewColumnType { t } [1] { Q[t,wd=#1] }
\NewColumnType { p } [1] { Q[p,wd=#1] }
\NewColumnType { m } [1] { Q[m,wd=#1] }
\NewColumnType { b } [1] { Q[b,wd=#1] }
\NewColumnType { h } [1] { Q[h,wd=#1] }
\NewColumnType { f } [1] { Q[f,wd=#1] }
\NewRowType { t } [1] { Q[t,ht=#1] }
\NewRowType { p } [1] { Q[p,ht=#1] }
\NewRowType { m } [1] { Q[m,ht=#1] }
\NewRowType { b } [1] { Q[b,ht=#1] }
\NewRowType { h } [1] { Q[h,ht=#1] }
\NewRowType { f } [1] { Q[f,ht=#1] }
\NewColumnRowType { X } [1][] { Q[co=1,#1] }
\NewColumnRowType { ! } [1] { |[text={#1}] }
\NewColumnRowType { @ } [1] { <[0pt]{} |[text={#1}] >[0pt]{} }
\NewColumnRowType { * } [2] { \prg_replicate:nn {#1} {#2} }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_parse_colrow_spec:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl {#1}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 101
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl {#2}
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec:N \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl
\__tblr_execute_colrow_spec:N \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl
}
%% Expand defined column/row types
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_expand_colrow_spec:N #1
{
\bool_do_until:Nn \g__tblr_colrow_spec_expand_stop_bool
{
\LogTblrTracing { colspec, rowspec }
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_colrow_spec_expand_stop_bool
\tl_set_eq:NN \l_tmpa_tl #1
\tl_gclear:N #1
\exp_last_unbraced:NV
\__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N \l_tmpa_tl \scan_stop:
}
}
\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { unexpandable-colrow-type }
{ Unexpandable ~ command ~ #2 inside ~ #1 ~ type! }
\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { unknown-colrow-type }
{ Unknown ~ #1 ~ type ~ #2! }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_expand_colrow_spec_next:N #1
{
\token_if_eq_catcode:NNTF #1 \scan_stop:
{
\token_if_eq_meaning:NNF #1 \scan_stop:
{
\msg_error:nnVn { tabularray } { unexpandable-colrow-type }
\g__tblr_column_or_row_tl {#1}
}
}
{
\str_if_in:cnTF { g_tblr_used_ \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl _types_str } {#1}
{
%% Note that #1 may be an active character (see issue #58)
\cs:w tblr_ \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl _type_ \token_to_str:N #1 \cs_end:
}
{
\msg_error:nnVn { tabularray } { unknown-colrow-type }
\g__tblr_column_or_row_tl {#1}
\str_log:c { g_tblr_used_ \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl _types_str }
}
}
}
%% Execute primitive column/row types
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_execute_colrow_spec:N #1
{
\tl_if_eq:NnTF \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl { row }
{ \int_set:Nn \c@rownum {1} }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 102
{ \int_set:Nn \c@colnum {1} }
\exp_last_unbraced:NV \__tblr_execute_colrow_spec_next:N #1 \scan_stop:
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_execute_colrow_spec_next:N #1
{
\token_if_eq_meaning:NNF #1 \scan_stop:
{ \cs:w tblr_primitive_ \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl _type_ #1 \cs_end: }
}
8.14 Set Environments and New Environments
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_initial_tblr_outer_tl
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_initial_tblr_outer_tl
{
halign = c, baseline = m, headsep = 6pt, footsep = 6pt,
presep = 1.5\bigskipamount, postsep = 1.5\bigskipamount,
}
%% #1: env name; #2: specifications
\NewDocumentCommand \SetTblrInner { O{tblr} m }
{
\clist_map_inline:nn {#1}
{ \tl_put_right:cn { l__tblr_default_ ##1 _inner_tl } { , #2 } }
\ignorespaces
}
\cs_new_eq:NN \SetTblrDefault \SetTblrInner
%% #1: env name; #2: specifications
\NewDocumentCommand \SetTblrOuter { O{tblr} m }
{
\clist_map_inline:nn {#1}
{ \tl_put_right:cn { l__tblr_default_ ##1 _outer_tl } { , #2 } }
\ignorespaces
}
%% #1: env name
\NewDocumentCommand \NewTblrEnviron { m }
{
\NewDocumentEnvironment {#1} { O{c} m +b }
{
\__tblr_environ_code:nnnn {#1} {##1} {##2} {##3}
} { }
\tl_new:c { l__tblr_default_ #1 _inner_tl }
\tl_new:c { l__tblr_default_ #1 _outer_tl }
\tl_set_eq:cN { l__tblr_default_ #1 _outer_tl } \l__tblr_initial_tblr_outer_tl
}
%% Create tblr and longtblr environments
\NewTblrEnviron { tblr }
\NewTblrEnviron { longtblr }
\SetTblrOuter [ longtblr ] { long }
\NewTblrEnviron { talltblr }
\SetTblrOuter [ talltblr ] { tall }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 103
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_env_name_tl
\bool_new:N \l__tblr_math_mode_bool
%% Main environment code
%% We need to add \group_align_safe_begin: and \group_align_safe_end:
%% to make tabularray correctly nest in align environment (see issue #143)
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_environ_code:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\group_align_safe_begin:
\int_gincr:N \g__tblr_table_count_int
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_env_name_tl {#1}
\mode_if_math:TF
{ \bool_set_true:N \l__tblr_math_mode_bool }
{ \bool_set_false:N \l__tblr_math_mode_bool }
\__tblr_builder:nnn {#2} {#3} {#4}
\group_align_safe_end:
}
\bool_new:N \lTblrMeasuringBool
%% Read, split and build the table
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_builder:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\int_gincr:N \g_tblr_level_int
\__tblr_hook_use:n { tabularray/trial/before }
\bool_set_true:N \lTblrMeasuringBool
\__tblr_clear_prop_lists:
\__tblr_clear_spec_lists:
\LogTblrTracing { step = init ~ table ~ outer ~ spec}
\__tblr_init_table_outer_spec:
\LogTblrTracing { step = parse ~ table ~ options }
\__tblr_parse_table_option:n {#1}
\LogTblrTracing { outer }
\LogTblrTracing { option }
\__tblr_enable_table_commands:
\LogTblrTracing { step = split ~ table}
\__tblr_split_table:n {#3}
\LogTblrTracing { command }
\bool_if:NT \g__tblr_use_intarray_bool { \__tblr_init_table_data: }
\LogTblrTracing { step = init ~ table ~ inner ~ spec}
\__tblr_init_table_inner_spec:
\LogTblrTracing { inner }
\LogTblrTracing { step = parse ~ table ~ inner ~ spec}
\__tblr_parse_table_spec:n {#2}
\LogTblrTracing { step = execute ~ table ~ commands}
\__tblr_execute_table_commands:
\__tblr_disable_table_commands:
\__tblr_functional_calculation:
\LogTblrTracing { step = calculate ~ cell ~ and ~ line ~ sizes}
\__tblr_enable_content_commands:
\__tblr_calc_cell_and_line_sizes:
\bool_set_false:N \lTblrMeasuringBool
\__tblr_hook_use:n { tabularray/trial/after }
\LogTblrTracing { step = build ~ the ~ whole ~ table}
\__tblr_build_whole:
\int_gdecr:N \g_tblr_level_int
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 104
8.15 Split Table Contents
%% Insert and remove braces for nesting environments inside cells
%% These make line split and cell split workable
%% We need to replace N times for N level nestings
\regex_const:Nn \c__tblr_insert_braces_regex
{
\c{begin} \cB\{ (\c[^BE].*) \cE\} (.*?) \c{end} \cB\{ (\c[^BE].*) \cE\}
}
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_insert_braces_tl
{
\c{begin} \cB\{ \cB\{ \1 \cE\} \2 \c{end} \cE\} \cB\{ \3 \cE\}
}
\regex_const:Nn \c__tblr_remove_braces_regex
{
\c{begin} \cB\{ \cB\{ (.*?) \c{end} \cE\}
}
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_remove_braces_tl
{
\c{begin} \cB\{ \1 \c{end}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_insert_braces:N #1
{
\regex_replace_all:NVN \c__tblr_insert_braces_regex \c__tblr_insert_braces_tl #1
\regex_replace_all:NVN \c__tblr_insert_braces_regex \c__tblr_insert_braces_tl #1
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_remove_braces:N #1
{
\regex_replace_all:NVN \c__tblr_remove_braces_regex \c__tblr_remove_braces_tl #1
\regex_replace_all:NVN \c__tblr_remove_braces_regex \c__tblr_remove_braces_tl #1
}
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_body_tl
\seq_new:N \l__tblr_lines_seq
%% Split table content to cells and store them
%% #1: table content
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_split_table:n #1
{
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_body_tl {#1}
\tblr_modify_table_body:
\int_zero:N \c@rowcount
\int_zero:N \c@colcount
\__tblr_split_table_to_lines:NN \l__tblr_body_tl \l__tblr_lines_seq
\__tblr_split_lines_to_cells:N \l__tblr_lines_seq
}
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_expand_tl
\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_hook_split_before: \prg_do_nothing:
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tblr_modify_table_body:
{
\__tblr_hook_split_before:
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_expand_tl { \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { expand } }
\tl_map_inline:Nn \l__tblr_expand_tl
{
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 105
\__tblr_expand_table_body:NN \l__tblr_body_tl ##1
}
}
%% Expand every occurrence of the specified macro once
%% #1: tl with table content; #2: macro to be expanded
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_expand_table_body:NN #1 #2
{
\tl_set_eq:NN \l_tmpa_tl #1
\tl_clear:N #1
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_expand_table_body_aux:w ##1 #2
{
\tl_put_right:Nn #1 {##1}
\peek_meaning:NTF \q_stop
{ \use_none:n }
{ \exp_last_unbraced:NV \__tblr_expand_table_body_aux:w #2 }
}
\exp_last_unbraced:NV \__tblr_expand_table_body_aux:w \l_tmpa_tl #2 \q_stop
}
%% Split table content to a sequence of lines
%% #1: tl with table contents, #2: resulting sequence of lines
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_split_table_to_lines:NN #1 #2
{
\__tblr_insert_braces:N #1
\seq_set_split:NnV \l_tmpa_seq { \\ } #1
\seq_clear:N #2
\seq_map_inline:Nn \l_tmpa_seq
{
\tl_if_head_eq_meaning:nNTF {##1} *
{
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_b_tl { \hborder { pagebreak = no } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_c_tl { \tl_tail:n {##1} }
\tl_trim_spaces:N \l__tblr_c_tl %% Ignore spaces between * and [dimen]
\tl_if_head_eq_meaning:VNT \l__tblr_c_tl [
{
\tl_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_b_tl { \RowBefore@AddBelowSep }
}
\tl_put_right:NV \l__tblr_b_tl \l__tblr_c_tl
\seq_put_right:NV #2 \l__tblr_b_tl
}
{
\tl_if_head_eq_meaning:nNTF { ##1 } [
{ \seq_put_right:Nn #2 { \RowBefore@AddBelowSep ##1 } }
{ \seq_put_right:Nn #2 { ##1 } }
}
}
\int_set:Nn \c@rowcount { \seq_count:N #2 }
}
%% Treat \\[dimen] command
\NewTableCommand \RowBefore@AddBelowSep [1] []
{
\IfValueT { #1 }
{
\__tblr_data_gadd_dimen_value:nene { row }
{ \int_eval:n {\c@rownum - 1} } { belowsep } {#1}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 106
}
}
%% Split table lines to cells and store them
%% #1: sequence of lines
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_split_lines_to_cells:N #1
{
\seq_map_indexed_function:NN #1 \__tblr_split_one_line:nn
\LogTblrTracing { text }
}
%% Split one line into cells and store them
%% #1: row number, #2 the line text
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_split_one_line:nn #1 #2
{
\seq_set_split:Nnn \l_tmpa_seq { & } { #2 }
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum {#1}
\int_zero:N \c@colnum
\seq_map_inline:Nn \l_tmpa_seq
{
\tl_set:Nn \l_tmpa_tl { ##1 }
\__tblr_remove_braces:N \l_tmpa_tl
\__tblr_trim_par_space_tokens:N \l_tmpa_tl
\int_incr:N \c@colnum
\__tblr_extract_table_commands:N \l_tmpa_tl
\__tblr_trim_par_space_tokens:N \l_tmpa_tl
\__tblr_spec_gput:neV { text } { [#1][\int_use:N \c@colnum] } \l_tmpa_tl
}
%% Decrease row count by 1 if the last row has only one empty cell text
%% We need to do it here since the > or < column type may add text to cells
\bool_lazy_all:nTF
{
{ \int_compare_p:nNn {#1} = {\c@rowcount} }
{ \int_compare_p:nNn {\c@colnum} = {1} }
{ \tl_if_empty_p:N \l_tmpa_tl }
}
{ \int_decr:N \c@rowcount }
{
\__tblr_prop_gput:nnx
{row} { [#1] / cell-number } { \int_use:N \c@colnum }
\int_compare:nT { \c@colnum > \c@colcount }
{
\int_set_eq:NN \c@colcount \c@colnum
}
}
}
\regex_const:Nn \c__tblr_trim_left_par_space_regex { ^ \c{par} ? \s * }
\regex_const:Nn \c__tblr_trim_right_space_par_regex { \s * \c{par} ? $ }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_trim_par_space_tokens:N #1
{
\regex_replace_once:NnN \c__tblr_trim_left_par_space_regex {} #1
\regex_replace_once:NnN \c__tblr_trim_right_space_par_regex {} #1
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 107
8.16 Extract Table Commands from Cell Text
%% Extract table commands defined with \NewTableCommand from cell text
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_saved_table_commands_before_cell_text_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_saved_cell_text_after_table_commands_tl
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_extract_table_commands:N #1
{
\tl_clear:N \l__tblr_saved_table_commands_before_cell_text_tl
\tl_clear:N \l__tblr_saved_cell_text_after_table_commands_tl
\exp_last_unbraced:NV \__tblr_extract_table_commands_next:n #1 \q_stop
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_saved_table_commands_before_cell_text_tl
{
\__tblr_prop_gput:nxV { command }
{[\int_use:N \c@rownum][\int_use:N \c@colnum]}
\l__tblr_saved_table_commands_before_cell_text_tl
}
\tl_set_eq:NN #1 \l__tblr_saved_cell_text_after_table_commands_tl
}
%% #1 maybe a single token or multiple tokens from a pair of braces
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_extract_table_commands_next:n #1
{
\tl_if_single_token:nTF {#1}
{
\clist_if_in:NnTF \g__tblr_table_commands_clist { #1 }
{ \__tblr_extract_one_table_command:N #1 }
{
\token_if_eq_meaning:NNF #1 \q_stop
{ \__tblr_save_real_cell_text:w #1 }
}
}
{ \__tblr_save_real_cell_text:w {#1} }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_extract_one_table_command:N #1
{
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_a_int
{ \cs:w g__tblr_table_cmd_ \cs_to_str:N #1 _arg_numb_tl \cs_end: }
\tl_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_saved_table_commands_before_cell_text_tl {#1}
\int_compare:nNnTF {\l__tblr_a_int} < {0}
{
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_a_int { \int_abs:n {\l__tblr_a_int} - 1 }
\peek_charcode:NTF [
{ \__tblr_extract_table_command_arg_o:w }
{ \__tblr_extract_table_command_arg_next: }
}
{ \__tblr_extract_table_command_arg_next: }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_extract_table_command_arg_o:w [#1]
{
\tl_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_saved_table_commands_before_cell_text_tl { [#1] }
\__tblr_extract_table_command_arg_next:
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 108
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_extract_table_command_arg_m:n #1
{
\tl_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_saved_table_commands_before_cell_text_tl { {#1} }
\__tblr_extract_table_command_arg_next:
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_extract_table_command_arg_next:
{
\int_compare:nNnTF {\l__tblr_a_int} > {0}
{
\int_decr:N \l__tblr_a_int
\__tblr_extract_table_command_arg_m:n
}
{ \__tblr_extract_table_commands_next:n }
}
%% The outermost set of braces of cell text #1 will be removed
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_save_real_cell_text:w #1 \q_stop
{
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_saved_cell_text_after_table_commands_tl {#1}
}
8.17 Initialize Table Inner Specications
\prop_new:N \g__tblr_initial_table_prop
\prop_new:N \g__tblr_initial_rows_prop
\prop_new:N \g__tblr_initial_columns_prop
\prop_new:N \g__tblr_initial_cells_prop
\prop_new:N \g__tblr_initial_hlines_prop
\prop_new:N \g__tblr_initial_vlines_prop
\prop_gset_from_keyval:Nn \g__tblr_initial_table_prop
{
stretch = 1,
rulesep = 2pt,
}
\prop_gset_from_keyval:Nn \g__tblr_initial_rows_prop
{
abovesep = 2pt,
belowsep = 2pt,
@row-height = 0pt,
@row-head = 0pt,
@row-foot = 0pt,
@row-upper = 0pt,
@row-lower = 0pt,
}
\prop_gset_from_keyval:Nn \g__tblr_initial_columns_prop
{
leftsep = 6pt,
rightsep = 6pt,
width = -1pt, % column width unset
coefficient = 0, % column coefficient unset
@col-width = 0pt,
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 109
}
\prop_gset_from_keyval:Nn \g__tblr_initial_cells_prop
{
halign = j,
valign = t,
width = -1pt, % cell width unset
rowspan = 1,
colspan = 1,
omit = 0,
}
\prop_gset_from_keyval:Nn \g__tblr_initial_hlines_prop
{
@hline-count = 0,
}
\prop_gset_from_keyval:Nn \g__tblr_initial_vlines_prop
{
@vline-count = 0,
}
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_inner_spec_measure_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_inner_spec_verb_tl
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_init_table_inner_spec:
{
\prop_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_initial_table_prop
{
\__tblr_prop_gput:nxn { inner } { ##1 } {##2}
}
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@rowcount } \l__tblr_i_tl
{
\prop_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_initial_rows_prop
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nVnn { row } \l__tblr_i_tl {##1} {##2}
}
\prop_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_initial_hlines_prop
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nen { hline } { [\l__tblr_i_tl] / ##1 } {##2}
}
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@colcount } \l__tblr_j_tl
{
\prop_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_initial_cells_prop
{
\__tblr_data_gput:neeen { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } {##1} {##2}
}
}
}
\prop_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_initial_hlines_prop
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nen { hline }
{ [\int_eval:n { \c@rowcount + 1}] / ##1 } {##2}
}
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@colcount } \l__tblr_j_tl
{
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 110
\prop_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_initial_columns_prop
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nenn { column } { \l__tblr_j_tl } {##1} {##2}
}
\prop_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_initial_vlines_prop
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nen { vline } { [\l__tblr_j_tl] / ##1 } {##2}
}
}
\prop_map_inline:Nn \g__tblr_initial_vlines_prop
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nen { vline }
{ [\int_eval:n { \c@colcount + 1}] / ##1 } {##2}
}
\tl_clear:N \l__tblr_inner_spec_measure_tl
\tl_clear:N \l__tblr_inner_spec_verb_tl
\keys_set:nv { tblr } { l__tblr_default_ \l__tblr_env_name_tl _inner_tl }
}
8.18 Parse Table Inner Specications
\clist_new:N \g__tblr_table_known_keys_clist
\clist_gset:Nn \g__tblr_table_known_keys_clist
{
colspec, rowspec, column, row, cell, hline, vline, hborder, vborder, width,
rowhead, rowfoot, columns, rows, cells, hlines, vlines, % hborders, vborders,
leftsep, rightsep, colsep, abovesep, belowsep, rowsep, rulesep,
baseline, hspan, vspan, stretch, verb, delimiter
}
\keys_define:nn { tblr }
{
colspec .code:n = \__tblr_parse_colrow_spec:nn { column } {#1},
rowspec .code:n = \__tblr_parse_colrow_spec:nn { row } {#1},
width .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:nx { width } { \dim_eval:n {#1} },
hspan .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { hspan } {#1},
vspan .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { vspan } {#1},
stretch .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { stretch } {#1},
verb .tl_set:N = \l__tblr_inner_spec_verb_tl,
verb .default:n = lite,
columns .code:n = \__tblr_set_every_column_aux:n {#1},
rows .code:n = \__tblr_set_every_row_aux:n {#1},
cells .code:n = \__tblr_set_every_cell_aux:n {#1},
hlines .code:n = \__tblr_set_every_hline_aux:n {#1},
vlines .code:n = \__tblr_set_every_vline_aux:n {#1},
leftsep .code:n = \tblr_set_every_column:nn { } { leftsep = #1 },
rightsep .code:n = \tblr_set_every_column:nn { } { rightsep = #1 },
colsep .meta:n = { leftsep = #1, rightsep = #1 },
abovesep .code:n = \tblr_set_every_row:nn { } { abovesep = #1 },
belowsep .code:n = \tblr_set_every_row:nn { } { belowsep = #1 },
rowsep .meta:n = { abovesep = #1, belowsep = #1 },
rulesep .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { rulesep } {#1},
rowhead .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { rowhead } {#1},
rowfoot .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { rowfoot } {#1},
delimiter .code:n = \__tblr_set_delimiter:n {#1},
baseline .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { baseline } {#1},
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 111
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_table_special_key:Vn \l_keys_key_str {#1},
}
\regex_const:Nn \c__tblr_split_key_name_regex { ^ ( [a-z] + ) ( . * ) }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_table_special_key:nn #1 #2
{
\regex_extract_once:NnNT \c__tblr_split_key_name_regex {#1} \l_tmpa_seq
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_a_tl { \seq_item:Nn \l_tmpa_seq {2} }
\tl_set_rescan:Nnx \l__tblr_b_tl {} { \seq_item:Nn \l_tmpa_seq {3} }
\cs:w __tblr_set_ \l__tblr_a_tl _aux:Vn \cs_end: \l__tblr_b_tl {#2}
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_table_special_key:nn { Vn }
%% If the first key name is known, treat #1 is the table spec;
%% otherwise, treat #1 as colspec.
\regex_const:Nn \c__tblr_first_key_name_regex { ^ \s * ( [A-Za-z\-] + ) }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_parse_table_spec:n #1
{
\regex_extract_once:NnNTF \c__tblr_first_key_name_regex {#1} \l_tmpa_seq
{
\clist_if_in:NxTF \g__tblr_table_known_keys_clist
{ \seq_item:Nn \l_tmpa_seq {2} }
{ \keys_set:nn { tblr } {#1} }
{ \__tblr_parse_colrow_spec:nn { column } {#1} }
}
{ \__tblr_parse_colrow_spec:nn { column } {#1} }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_keys_gput:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_prop_gput:nnn { inner } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { nx }
\keys_define:nn { tblr-delimiter }
{
left .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { delim-left } { \left #1 },
right .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { delim-right } { \right #1 }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_delimiter:n #1
{
\keys_set:nn { tblr-delimiter } {#1}
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 112
8.19 Initialize and Parse Table Outer Specications
\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { used-theme-name }
{ theme ~ name ~ #1 ~ has ~ been ~ used! }
%% #1: theme names; #2: template and style commands
\NewDocumentCommand \NewTblrTheme { m +m }
{
\tl_if_exist:cTF { g__tblr_theme_ #1 _code_tl }
{ \msg_error:nnn { tabularray } { used-theme-name } { #1 } }
{
\tl_set:cn { g__tblr_theme_ #1 _code_tl } {#2}
\ignorespaces
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_use_theme:n #1
{
\ignorespaces
\tl_use:c { g__tblr_theme_ #1 _code_tl }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_init_table_outer_spec:
{
\keys_set:nv { tblr-outer } { l__tblr_default_ \l__tblr_env_name_tl _outer_tl }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_parse_table_option:n #1
{
\keys_set:nn { tblr-outer } {#1}
}
\keys_define:nn { tblr-outer }
{
long .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { long } { true },
tall .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { tall } { true },
halign .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { halign } {#1},
baseline .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { baseline } {#1},
l .meta:n = { halign = l },
c .meta:n = { halign = c },
r .meta:n = { halign = r },
t .meta:n = { baseline = t },
T .meta:n = { baseline = T },
m .meta:n = { baseline = m },
M .meta:n = { baseline = M },
b .meta:n = { baseline = b },
B .meta:n = { baseline = B },
valign .meta:n = { baseline = #1 }, % obsolete, will be removed some day
expand .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { expand } {#1},
expand+ .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gconcat_spec:nn { expand } {#1},
headsep .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { headsep } {#1},
footsep .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { footsep } {#1},
presep .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { presep } {#1},
postsep .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { postsep } {#1},
theme .code:n = \__tblr_use_theme:n {#1},
caption .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { caption } {#1},
entry .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { entry } {#1},
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 113
label .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { label } {#1},
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_table_option_key:Vn \l_keys_key_str {#1},
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nen { outer } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { ne }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_outer_gconcat_spec:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_outer_gput_spec:ne {#1} { \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { #1 } \exp_not:n { #2 } }
}
\regex_const:Nn \c__tblr_option_key_name_regex { ^ [A-Za-z\-] + $ }
\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { unknown-outer-key }
{ Unknown ~ outer ~ key ~ name ~ #1! }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_table_option_key:nn #1 #2
{
\regex_match:NnTF \c__tblr_option_key_name_regex {#1}
{ \msg_error:nnn { tabularray } { unknown-outer-key } {#1} }
{
\regex_extract_once:NnNT \c__tblr_split_key_name_regex {#1} \l_tmpa_seq
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_a_tl { \seq_item:Nn \l_tmpa_seq {2} }
\tl_set_rescan:Nnx \l__tblr_b_tl {} { \seq_item:Nn \l_tmpa_seq {3} }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_c_tl { \tl_head:N \l__tblr_b_tl }
\use:c { __tblr_outer_gput_ \l__tblr_a_tl :Vn } \l__tblr_c_tl {#2}
}
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_table_option_key:nn { Vn }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_outer_gput_note:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_prop_gput:nnn { note } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_outer_gput_note:nn { Vn }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_outer_gput_remark:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_prop_gput:nnn { remark } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_outer_gput_remark:nn { Vn }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_outer_gput_more:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_prop_gput:nnn { more } {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_outer_gput_more:nn { Vn }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 114
8.20 Typeset and Calculate Sizes
%% Calculate the width and height for every cell and border
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_calc_cell_and_line_sizes:
{
\__tblr_prepare_stretch:
\__tblr_calculate_line_sizes:
\__tblr_calculate_cell_sizes:
\LogTblrTracing { cell, row, column, hline, vline }
\__tblr_compute_extendable_column_width:
\__tblr_adjust_sizes_for_span_cells:
}
%% prepare stretch option of the table
\fp_new:N \l__tblr_stretch_fp
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_strut_dp_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_strut_ht_dim
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_prepare_stretch:
{
\fp_set:Nn \l__tblr_stretch_fp
{ \__tblr_prop_item:nn { inner } { stretch } }
\fp_compare:nNnTF \l__tblr_stretch_fp > \c_zero_fp
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_strut_dp_dim
{ \fp_use:N \l__tblr_stretch_fp \box_dp:N \strutbox }
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_strut_ht_dim
{ \fp_use:N \l__tblr_stretch_fp \box_ht:N \strutbox }
\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_leave_vmode: \mode_leave_vertical:
\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_process_stretch: \__tblr_process_stretch_real:
}
{
\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_process_stretch: \prg_do_nothing:
\fp_compare:nNnTF \l__tblr_stretch_fp < \c_zero_fp
{ \cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_leave_vmode: \@setminipage } % for lists (see issue #99)
{ \cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_leave_vmode: \mode_leave_vertical: }
}
}
\cs_new_eq:NN \__tblr_leave_vmode: \mode_leave_vertical:
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_process_stretch_real:
{
\dim_compare:nNnT \l__tblr_strut_dp_dim > { \box_dp:N \l_tmpb_box }
{
\box_set_dp:Nn \l_tmpa_box
{
\box_dp:N \l_tmpa_box
- \box_dp:N \l_tmpb_box
+ \l__tblr_strut_dp_dim
}
\box_set_dp:Nn \l_tmpb_box { \l__tblr_strut_dp_dim }
}
\dim_compare:nNnT \l__tblr_strut_ht_dim > { \box_ht:N \l_tmpa_box }
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l_tmpa_box { \box_use:N \l_tmpa_box }
\hbox_set:Nn \l_tmpb_box { \box_use:N \l_tmpb_box }
\box_set_ht:Nn \l_tmpb_box
{
\box_ht:N \l_tmpb_box
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 115
- \box_ht:N \l_tmpa_box
+ \l__tblr_strut_ht_dim
}
\box_set_ht:Nn \l_tmpa_box { \l__tblr_strut_ht_dim }
%% return vbox for vertical-align: \c__tblr_middle_m_tl
\vbox_set_top:Nn \l_tmpa_box { \box_use:N \l_tmpa_box }
\vbox_set:Nn \l_tmpb_box { \box_use:N \l_tmpb_box }
}
}
\cs_new_eq:NN \__tblr_process_stretch: \__tblr_process_stretch_real:
%% Calculate the thickness for every hline and vline
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_calculate_line_sizes:
{
%% We need these two counters in executing hline and vline commands
\int_zero:N \c@rownum
\int_zero:N \c@colnum
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@rowcount + 1 }
{
\int_incr:N \c@rownum
\int_zero:N \c@colnum
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount + 1 }
{
\int_incr:N \c@colnum
\int_compare:nNnT { ##1 } < { \c@rowcount + 1 }
{
\__tblr_measure_and_update_vline_size:nn { ##1 } { ####1 }
}
\int_compare:nNnT { ####1 } < { \c@colcount + 1 }
{
\__tblr_measure_and_update_hline_size:nn { ##1 } { ####1 }
}
}
}
}
%% Measure and update thickness of the vline
%% #1: row number, #2 column number
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_measure_and_update_vline_size:nn #1 #2
{
\dim_zero:N \l__tblr_w_dim
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_n_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#2] / @vline-count } }
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_n_tl } > {0}
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_s_tl
{ \__tblr_prop_item:ne { inner } { rulesep } }
\int_step_inline:nn { \l__tblr_n_tl }
{
\vbox_set_to_ht:Nnn \l__tblr_b_box {1pt}
{
\__tblr_get_vline_segment_child:nnnnn
{#1} {#2} {##1} {1pt} {1pt}
}
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_w_tl { \dim_eval:n { \box_wd:N \l__tblr_b_box } }
\__tblr_spec_gput_if_larger:nee { vline }
{ [#2](##1) / @vline-width } { \l__tblr_w_tl }
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_w_dim
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 116
{
\__tblr_spec_item:nn { vline } { [#2](##1) / @vline-width }
}
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_w_dim { \l__tblr_s_tl }
}
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_w_dim { - \l__tblr_s_tl }
}
\__tblr_spec_gput_if_larger:nee { vline }
{ [#2]/ @vline-width } { \dim_use:N \l__tblr_w_dim }
}
%% Get text of a vline segment
%% #1: row number, #2: column number; #3: index number; #4: height; #5: depth
%% We put all code inside a group to avoid conflicts of local variables
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_vline_segment_child:nnnnn #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
{
\group_begin:
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#1][#2](#3) / wd } }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_w_tl { \dim_set:Nn \rulewidth { \l__tblr_w_tl } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_d_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#1][#2](#3) / @dash } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_a_tl { \tl_head:N \l__tblr_d_tl }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_b_tl { \tl_tail:N \l__tblr_d_tl }
\exp_args:NV \tl_if_eq:NNTF \l__tblr_a_tl \@tblr@dash
{
\__tblr_get_vline_dash_style:N \l__tblr_b_tl
\xleaders \l__tblr_b_tl \vfil
}
{
%% When using text as vline, we need to omit abovepos and belowpos.
\unskip
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_d_box
{
\bool_if:NTF \l__tblr_math_mode_bool
{ $ \l__tblr_b_tl $ } { \l__tblr_b_tl }
}
\box_set_ht:Nn \l__tblr_d_box {#4}
\box_set_dp:Nn \l__tblr_d_box {#5}
\box_use:N \l__tblr_d_box
\vss
}
\group_end:
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_get_vline_segment_child:nnnnn { nnnxx }
%% Measure and update thickness of the hline
%% #1: row number, #2 column number
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_measure_and_update_hline_size:nn #1 #2
{
\dim_zero:N \l__tblr_h_dim
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_n_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1] / @hline-count } }
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_n_tl } > {0}
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_s_tl
{ \__tblr_prop_item:ne { inner } { rulesep } }
\int_step_inline:nn { \l__tblr_n_tl }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 117
{
\hbox_set_to_wd:Nnn \l__tblr_b_box {1pt}
{ \__tblr_get_hline_segment_child:nnn {#1} {#2} {##1} }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_h_tl
{
\dim_eval:n
{ \box_ht:N \l__tblr_b_box + \box_dp:N \l__tblr_b_box }
}
\__tblr_spec_gput_if_larger:nee { hline }
{ [#1](##1) / @hline-height } { \l__tblr_h_tl }
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim
{
\__tblr_spec_item:nn { hline } { [#1](##1) / @hline-height }
}
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim { \l__tblr_s_tl }
}
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim { - \l__tblr_s_tl }
}
\__tblr_spec_gput_if_larger:nee { hline }
{ [#1] / @hline-height } { \dim_use:N \l__tblr_h_dim }
}
%% Get text of a hline segment
%% #1: row number, #2: column number; #3: index number
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_hline_segment_child:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\group_begin:
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1][#2](#3) / wd } }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_w_tl { \dim_set:Nn \rulewidth { \l__tblr_w_tl } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_d_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1][#2](#3) / @dash } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_a_tl { \tl_head:N \l__tblr_d_tl }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_b_tl { \tl_tail:N \l__tblr_d_tl }
\exp_args:NV \tl_if_eq:NNTF \l__tblr_a_tl \@tblr@dash
{
\__tblr_get_hline_dash_style:N \l__tblr_b_tl
\xleaders \l__tblr_b_tl \hfil
}
{
\bool_if:NTF \l__tblr_math_mode_bool
{ $ \l__tblr_b_tl $ } { \l__tblr_b_tl }
\hfil
}
\group_end:
}
%% current cell alignments
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_cell_halign_tl
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_cell_valign_tl
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_cell_middle_tl
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_valign_h_tl { h }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_valign_m_tl { m }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_valign_f_tl { f }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_valign_t_tl { t }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_valign_b_tl { b }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 118
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_middle_t_tl { t }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_middle_m_tl { m }
\tl_const:Nn \c__tblr_middle_b_tl { b }
%% #1: row number; #2: column number
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_cell_alignments:nn #1 #2
{
\group_begin:
\tl_gset:Nx \g__tblr_cell_halign_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { halign } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_v_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { valign } }
\tl_case:NnF \l__tblr_v_tl
{
\c__tblr_valign_t_tl
{
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_cell_valign_tl {m}
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_cell_middle_tl {t}
}
\c__tblr_valign_m_tl
{
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_cell_valign_tl {m}
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_cell_middle_tl {m}
}
\c__tblr_valign_b_tl
{
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_cell_valign_tl {m}
\tl_gset:Nn \g__tblr_cell_middle_tl {b}
}
}
{
\tl_gset_eq:NN \g__tblr_cell_valign_tl \l__tblr_v_tl
\tl_gclear:N \g__tblr_cell_middle_tl
}
\group_end:
}
%% current cell dimensions
\dim_new:N \g__tblr_cell_wd_dim
\dim_new:N \g__tblr_cell_ht_dim
\dim_new:N \g__tblr_cell_head_dim
\dim_new:N \g__tblr_cell_foot_dim
%% Calculate the width and height for every cell
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_calculate_cell_sizes:
{
%% You can use these two counters in cell text
\int_zero:N \c@rownum
\int_zero:N \c@colnum
\__tblr_save_counters:n { table }
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@rowcount }
{
\int_incr:N \c@rownum
\int_zero:N \c@colnum
\__tblr_update_rowsep_registers:
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_h_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } { \int_use:N \c@rownum } { height } }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 119
%% We didn't initialize row heights with -1pt
\dim_compare:nNnF { \l__tblr_h_tl } = { 0pt }
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nenV { row } { \int_use:N \c@rownum }
{ @row-height } \l__tblr_h_tl
}
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount }
{
\int_incr:N \c@colnum
\__tblr_update_colsep_registers:
\__tblr_measure_cell_update_sizes:nnNNNN
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum }
{ \int_use:N \c@colnum }
\g__tblr_cell_wd_dim
\g__tblr_cell_ht_dim
\g__tblr_cell_head_dim
\g__tblr_cell_foot_dim
}
}
\__tblr_restore_counters:n { table }
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount }
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {##1} { width } }
\dim_compare:nNnF { \l__tblr_w_tl } < { 0pt }
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nenV { column } {##1} { @col-width } \l__tblr_w_tl
}
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_update_rowsep_registers:
{
\dim_set:Nn \abovesep
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } { \int_use:N \c@rownum } { abovesep } }
\dim_set:Nn \belowsep
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } { \int_use:N \c@rownum } { belowsep } }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_update_colsep_registers:
{
\dim_set:Nn \leftsep
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } { leftsep } }
\dim_set:Nn \rightsep
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } { rightsep } }
}
%% Measure and update natural dimensions of the row/column/cell
%% #1: row number; #2 column number; #3: width dimension;
%% #4: total height dimension; #5: head dimension; #6: foot dimension
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_measure_cell_update_sizes:nnNNNN #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6
{
\__tblr_get_cell_alignments:nn {#1} {#2}
\hbox_set:Nn \l_tmpa_box { \__tblr_get_cell_text:nn {#1} {#2} }
\__tblr_update_cell_size:nnNNNN {#1} {#2} #3 #4 #5 #6
\__tblr_update_row_size:nnNNN {#1} {#2} #4 #5 #6
\__tblr_update_col_size:nN {#2} #3
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 120
}
%% #1: row number, #2: column number
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_cell_text:nn #1 #2
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { omit } } > {0}
{
\dim_gzero:N \g__tblr_cell_wd_dim
\dim_gzero:N \g__tblr_cell_ht_dim
\dim_gzero:N \g__tblr_cell_head_dim
\dim_gzero:N \g__tblr_cell_foot_dim
}
{ \__tblr_get_cell_text_real:nn { #1 } { #2 } }
}
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_cell_fg_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_cell_cmd_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_cell_mode_tl
\bool_new:N \l__tblr_cell_math_mode_bool
\tl_const:Nn \l__tblr_cell_math_style_tl { \relax }
\tl_const:Nn \l__tblr_cell_imath_style_tl { \textstyle }
\tl_const:Nn \l__tblr_cell_dmath_style_tl { \displaystyle }
%% Get cell text, #1: row number, #2: column number
%% If the width of the cell is not set, split it with \\ and compute the width
%% Therefore we always get a vbox for any cell
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_cell_text_real:nn #1 #2
{
\group_begin:
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_c_tl { \__tblr_spec_item:ne { text } {[#1][#2]} }
%% when the cell text is guarded by a pair of curly braces,
%% we unbrace it and ignore cmd option of the cell, see issue #90.
\bool_lazy_and:nnTF
{ \tl_if_single_p:N \l__tblr_c_tl }
{ \exp_args:NV \tl_if_head_is_group_p:n \l__tblr_c_tl }
{ \exp_last_unbraced:NNV \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_c_tl \l__tblr_c_tl }
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_cell_cmd_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { cmd } }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_cell_cmd_tl
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_c_tl
{ \exp_not:V \l__tblr_cell_cmd_tl { \exp_not:V \l__tblr_c_tl } }
}
}
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_cell_mode_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { mode } }
\tl_if_empty:NT \l__tblr_cell_mode_tl
{
\bool_if:NTF \l__tblr_math_mode_bool
{ \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_cell_mode_tl { math } }
{ \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_cell_mode_tl { text } }
}
\tl_if_eq:NnTF \l__tblr_cell_mode_tl { text }
{ \bool_set_false:N \l__tblr_cell_math_mode_bool }
{
\bool_set_true:N \l__tblr_cell_math_mode_bool
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 121
\tl_put_left:Nv \l__tblr_c_tl
{ l__tblr_cell_ \l__tblr_cell_mode_tl _style_tl }
\tl_put_left:Nn \l__tblr_c_tl { $ }
\tl_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_c_tl { $ }
}
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_f_tl { \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { font } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { width } }
\dim_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_w_tl } < { 0pt } % cell width unset
{
\int_compare:nNnT
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { colspan } } < {2}
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#2} { width } }
}
}
\dim_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_w_tl } < { 0pt } % column width unset
{
\__tblr_save_counters:n { cell }
\bool_if:NTF \l__tblr_cell_math_mode_bool
{
%% Note that font = \boldmath will increase cell width (issue #137)
\hbox_set:Nn \l_tmpa_box { \l__tblr_f_tl \l__tblr_c_tl }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_w_tl { \box_wd:N \l_tmpa_box }
}
{
\__tblr_get_cell_size_with_box:
}
\__tblr_restore_counters:n { cell }
}
\tl_put_left:NV \l__tblr_c_tl \l__tblr_f_tl
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_cell_fg_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { foreground } }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_cell_fg_tl
{ \exp_args:NV \color \l__tblr_cell_fg_tl }
\__tblr_get_vcell_and_sizes:NN \l__tblr_c_tl \l__tblr_w_tl
\group_end:
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_cell_size_with_box:
{
\tl_if_eq:NnTF \l__tblr_inner_spec_measure_tl { vbox }
{ \__tblr_get_cell_size_with_vbox: }
{ \__tblr_get_cell_size_with_hbox: }
}
%% Varwidth won't work as expected when \color command occurs in it,
%% and we can not fix this problem with \leavevmode command.
%% See https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/460489.
%% But we need to use \color command for fg option,
%% or users may use it in the middle of the cell text,
%% so we have redefine \color command and disable it before measuring cell.
%% In order to correctly measure an enumerate environment,
%% we need to enclose varwidth with NoHyper environment (see issue #196).
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 122
\NewDocumentCommand \__tblr_fake_color_command:w { o m } { }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_cell_size_with_vbox:
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l_tmpa_box
{
\cs_set_eq:NN \color \__tblr_fake_color_command:w
\begin{tblrNoHyper}
\begin{varwidth}{\paperwidth}
\l__tblr_f_tl
\__tblr_rescan_cell_tokens:N \l__tblr_c_tl
\end{varwidth}
\end{tblrNoHyper}
}
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_w_tl { \box_wd:N \l_tmpa_box }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_cell_size_with_hbox:
{
\tl_set_eq:NN \l_tmpb_tl \l__tblr_c_tl
\__tblr_insert_braces:N \l_tmpb_tl
\seq_set_split:NnV \l_tmpa_seq { \\ } \l_tmpb_tl
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_w_tl { 0pt }
\seq_map_variable:NNn \l_tmpa_seq \l_tmpa_tl
{
\__tblr_remove_braces:N \l_tmpa_tl
\hbox_set:Nn \l_tmpa_box
{
\l__tblr_f_tl
\__tblr_rescan_cell_tokens:N \l_tmpa_tl
}
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \dim_max:nn { \l__tblr_w_tl } { \box_wd:N \l_tmpa_box } }
}
}
%% #1: cell text; #2: box width
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_vcell_and_sizes:NN #1 #2
{
\group_begin:
\vbox_set:Nn \l_tmpb_box { \__tblr_make_vcell_text:NN #1 #2 }
\vbox_set_top:Nn \l_tmpa_box { \vbox_unpack:N \l_tmpb_box }
\__tblr_process_stretch:
\dim_gset:Nn \g__tblr_cell_wd_dim { \box_wd:N \l_tmpb_box }
\dim_gset:Nn \g__tblr_cell_ht_dim
{ \box_ht:N \l_tmpb_box + \box_dp:N \l_tmpb_box }
\dim_gset:Nn \g__tblr_cell_head_dim { \box_ht:N \l_tmpa_box }
\dim_gset:Nn \g__tblr_cell_foot_dim { \box_dp:N \l_tmpb_box }
\tl_case:Nn \g__tblr_cell_valign_tl
{
\c__tblr_valign_h_tl
{ \box_use:N \l_tmpa_box }
\c__tblr_valign_m_tl
{
\tl_case:Nn \g__tblr_cell_middle_tl
{
\c__tblr_middle_t_tl
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 123
{ \box_use:N \l_tmpa_box }
\c__tblr_middle_m_tl
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_b_tl
{
\dim_eval:n
{
( \g__tblr_cell_ht_dim - \g__tblr_cell_head_dim
- \g__tblr_cell_foot_dim ) / 2
}
}
\box_set_ht:Nn \l_tmpb_box
{ \g__tblr_cell_head_dim + \l__tblr_b_tl }
\box_set_dp:Nn \l_tmpb_box
{ \g__tblr_cell_foot_dim + \l__tblr_b_tl }
\box_use:N \l_tmpb_box
}
\c__tblr_middle_b_tl
{ \box_use:N \l_tmpb_box }
}
}
\c__tblr_valign_f_tl
{ \box_use:N \l_tmpb_box }
}
\group_end:
}
%% #1: cell text; #2: box width
%% All halign commands are defined at the beginning of the file
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_make_vcell_text:NN #1 #2
{
\dim_set:Nn \tex_hsize:D { #2 }
\TblrParboxRestore
\cs:w __tblr_halign_command_ \g__tblr_cell_halign_tl : \cs_end:
\__tblr_leave_vmode:
\bool_if:NTF \l__tblr_cell_math_mode_bool
{ #1 }
{ \__tblr_rescan_cell_tokens:N #1 }
}
%% When using verb option, there is an end-of-line character at the end.
%% This character causes extra horizontal space at the end when "measure=hbox",
%% or causes extra vertical space at the end with "measure=vbox".
%% Therefore we have to use an \empty to remove it.
%% See https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/213659
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_rescan_cell_tokens:N #1
{
\tl_if_empty:NTF \l__tblr_inner_spec_verb_tl
{ #1 }
{
%% insert space characters after some control sequences first (issue #112)
\regex_replace_all:nnN { (\c{[A-Za-z]*}) ([A-Za-z]) } { \1 \ \2 } #1
\regex_replace_all:nnN { . } { \c{string} \0 } #1
\tl_set:Nx #1 { #1 \noexpand \empty }
\exp_args:NV \tex_scantokens:D #1
}
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 124
%% #1: total height dimension; #2: head dimension; #3: foot dimension;
%% #4: tl for resulting upper size; #5: tl for resulting lower size
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_middle_body_tl
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_middle_cell_upper_lower:NNNNN #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
{
\tl_case:Nn \g__tblr_cell_middle_tl
{
\c__tblr_middle_t_tl
{
\tl_set:Nx #4 { \dim_use:N #2 }
\tl_set:Nx #5 { \dim_eval:n { #1 - #2 } }
}
\c__tblr_middle_m_tl
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_middle_body_tl { \dim_eval:n { #1 - #2 - #3 } }
\tl_set:Nx #4 { \dim_eval:n { #2 + \l__tblr_middle_body_tl / 2 } }
\tl_set:Nx #5 { \dim_eval:n { #3 + \l__tblr_middle_body_tl / 2 } }
}
\c__tblr_middle_b_tl
{
\tl_set:Nx #4 { \dim_eval:n { #1 - #3 } }
\tl_set:Nx #5 { \dim_use:N #3 }
}
}
}
%% Update natural dimensions of the cell
%% #1: row number; #2 column number; #3: width dimension;
%% #4: total height dimension; #5: head dimension; #6: foot dimension
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_update_cell_size:nnNNNN #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6
{
\group_begin:
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_c_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { colspan } }
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_c_tl } > {1}
{
\__tblr_data_gput:neene { cell } {#1} {#2} { @cell-width } {\dim_use:N #3}
\dim_gzero:N #3 % don't affect column width
}
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_r_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { rowspan } }
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_r_tl } > {1}
{
\tl_case:Nn \g__tblr_cell_valign_tl
{
\c__tblr_valign_h_tl
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_u_tl { \dim_use:N #5 }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_v_tl { \dim_eval:n { #4 - #5 } }
%% Update the head size of the first span row here
\__tblr_data_gput_if_larger:nene
{ row } {#1} { @row-head } { \dim_use:N #5 }
}
\c__tblr_valign_f_tl
{
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 125
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_u_tl { \dim_eval:n { #4 - #6 } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_v_tl { \dim_use:N #6 }
%% Update the foot size of the last span row here
\__tblr_data_gput_if_larger:nene
{ row }
{ \int_eval:n { #1 + \l__tblr_r_tl - 1 } }
{ @row-foot }
{ \dim_use:N #6 }
}
\c__tblr_valign_m_tl
{
\__tblr_get_middle_cell_upper_lower:NNNNN
#4 #5 #6 \l__tblr_u_tl \l__tblr_v_tl
}
}
\__tblr_data_gput:neenV { cell } {#1} {#2} { @cell-height } \l__tblr_u_tl
\__tblr_data_gput:neenV { cell } {#1} {#2} { @cell-depth } \l__tblr_v_tl
%% Don't affect row sizes
\dim_gzero:N #4
\dim_gzero:N #5
\dim_gzero:N #6
}
\group_end:
}
%% Update size of the row. #1: row number; #2: column number;
%% #3: total height dimension; #4: head dimension; #5: foot dimension
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_update_row_size:nnNNN #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
{
\group_begin:
%% Note that \l__tblr_h_tl may be empty
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_h_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-height } }
\tl_if_eq:NNTF \g__tblr_cell_valign_tl \c__tblr_valign_m_tl
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_a_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-upper } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_b_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-lower } }
\__tblr_get_middle_cell_upper_lower:NNNNN
#3 #4 #5 \l__tblr_u_tl \l__tblr_v_tl
\dim_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_u_tl } > { \l__tblr_a_tl }
{
\tl_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_a_tl \l__tblr_u_tl
\__tblr_data_gput:nenV { row } {#1} { @row-upper } \l__tblr_a_tl
}
\dim_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_v_tl } > { \l__tblr_b_tl }
{
\tl_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_b_tl \l__tblr_v_tl
\__tblr_data_gput:nenV { row } {#1} { @row-lower } \l__tblr_b_tl
}
\dim_compare:nNnT
{ \l__tblr_a_tl + \l__tblr_b_tl } > { \l__tblr_h_tl + 0pt }
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { row } {#1} { @row-height }
{ \dim_eval:n { \l__tblr_a_tl + \l__tblr_b_tl } }
}
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 126
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_e_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-head } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_f_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-foot } }
\dim_compare:nNnT {#4} > {\l__tblr_e_tl}
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { row } {#1} { @row-head } { \dim_use:N #4 }
}
\dim_compare:nNnT {#5} > {\l__tblr_f_tl}
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { row } {#1} { @row-foot } { \dim_use:N #5 }
}
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_x_tl { \dim_max:nn {#4} { \l__tblr_e_tl } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_y_tl { \dim_max:nn {#5} { \l__tblr_f_tl } }
\dim_compare:nNnT
{ #3 - #4 - #5 } > { \l__tblr_h_tl - \l__tblr_x_tl - \l__tblr_y_tl }
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { row } {#1} { @row-height }
{
\dim_eval:n
{
\l__tblr_x_tl
+ \dim_use:N #3 - \dim_use:N #4 - \dim_use:N #5
+ \l__tblr_y_tl
}
}
}
}
\group_end:
}
%% Update size of the column. #1: column number; #2: width dimension
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_update_col_size:nN #1 #2
{
\tl_set:Nx \l_tmpb_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#1} { @col-width } }
\bool_lazy_or:nnT
{ \tl_if_empty_p:N \l_tmpb_tl }
{ \dim_compare_p:nNn { \dim_use:N #2 } > { \l_tmpb_tl } }
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { column } {#1} { @col-width } { \dim_use:N #2 }
}
}
8.21 Calculate and Adjust Extendable Columns
%% Compute column widths when there are some extendable columns
\dim_new:N \l__column_target_dim
\prop_new:N \l__column_coefficient_prop
\prop_new:N \l__column_natural_width_prop
\prop_new:N \l__column_computed_width_prop
\msg_new:nnn { tabularray } { table-width-too-small }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 127
{ Table ~ width ~ is ~ too ~ small, ~ need ~ #1 ~ more! }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_compute_extendable_column_width:
{
\__tblr_collect_extendable_column_width:
\dim_compare:nNnTF { \l__column_target_dim } < { 0pt }
{
\msg_warning:nnx { tabularray } { table-width-too-small }
{ \dim_abs:n { \l__column_target_dim } }
}
{
\prop_if_empty:NF \l__column_coefficient_prop
{ \__tblr_adjust_extendable_column_width: }
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_collect_extendable_column_width:
{
\tl_set:Nx \l_tmpa_tl { \__tblr_prop_item:nn { inner } { width } }
\tl_if_empty:NTF \l_tmpa_tl
{ \dim_set_eq:NN \l__column_target_dim \linewidth }
{ \dim_set:Nn \l__column_target_dim { \l_tmpa_tl } }
\prop_clear:N \l__column_coefficient_prop
\prop_clear:N \l__column_natural_width_prop
\prop_clear:N \l__column_computed_width_prop
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@colcount } \l__tblr_j_tl
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_a_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { width } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_b_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { coefficient } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_c_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { @col-width } }
\dim_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_a_tl } < { 0pt } % column width unset
{
\dim_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_b_tl pt } = { 0pt }
{ \dim_sub:Nn \l__column_target_dim { \l__tblr_c_tl } }
{
\prop_put:Nxx \l__column_coefficient_prop
{ \l__tblr_j_tl } { \l__tblr_b_tl }
\prop_put:Nxn \l__column_computed_width_prop
{ \l__tblr_j_tl } { 0pt }
\dim_compare:nNnF { \l__tblr_b_tl pt } > { 0pt }
{
\prop_put:Nxx \l__column_natural_width_prop
{ \l__tblr_j_tl } { \l__tblr_c_tl }
}
}
}
{ \dim_sub:Nn \l__column_target_dim { \l__tblr_a_tl } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_a_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [\l__tblr_j_tl] / @vline-width } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_b_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { leftsep } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_c_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { rightsep } }
\dim_set:Nn \l__column_target_dim
{ \l__column_target_dim - \l__tblr_a_tl - \l__tblr_b_tl - \l__tblr_c_tl }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 128
}
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_a_tl
{
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline }
{ [\int_eval:n {\c@colcount + 1}] / @vline-width }
}
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_a_tl
{ \dim_sub:Nn \l__column_target_dim { \l__tblr_a_tl } }
\LogTblrTracing { target }
}
%% If all columns have negative coefficients and small natural widths,
%% \l__column_coefficient_prop will be empty after one or more rounds.
%% We reset @row-height, etc for \linewidth graphics in X columns (issue #80)
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_adjust_extendable_column_width:
{
\bool_while_do:nn
{ \dim_compare_p:nNn { \l__column_target_dim } > { \hfuzz } }
{
\prop_if_empty:NTF \l__column_coefficient_prop
{ \__tblr_adjust_extendable_column_width_negative: }
{ \__tblr_adjust_extendable_column_width_once: }
}
\prop_map_inline:Nn \l__column_computed_width_prop
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nnne { column } {##1} { width } {##2}
\__tblr_data_gput:nnnn { column } {##1} { @col-width } { 0pt }
}
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@rowcount }
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nnnn { row } {##1} { @row-height } { 0pt }
\__tblr_data_gput:nnnn { row } {##1} { @row-head } { 0pt }
\__tblr_data_gput:nnnn { row } {##1} { @row-foot } { 0pt }
\__tblr_data_gput:nnnn { row } {##1} { @row-upper } { 0pt }
\__tblr_data_gput:nnnn { row } {##1} { @row-lower } { 0pt }
}
\__tblr_calculate_cell_sizes:
}
%% We use dimen register, since the coefficient may be a decimal number
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_adjust_extendable_column_width_once:
{
\dim_zero:N \l_tmpa_dim
\prop_map_inline:Nn \l__column_coefficient_prop
{
\dim_add:Nn \l_tmpa_dim { \dim_abs:n { ##2 pt } }
}
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \dim_ratio:nn { \l__column_target_dim } { \l_tmpa_dim } }
\dim_zero:N \l__column_target_dim
\prop_map_inline:Nn \l__column_coefficient_prop
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_a_tl
{ \dim_eval:n { \dim_abs:n { ##2 pt } * \l__tblr_w_tl } }
\dim_compare:nNnTF { ##2 pt } > { 0pt }
{
\__tblr_add_dimen_value:Nnn
\l__column_computed_width_prop { ##1 } { \l__tblr_a_tl }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 129
}
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_b_tl
{ \prop_item:Nn \l__column_natural_width_prop { ##1 } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_c_tl
{ \prop_item:Nn \l__column_computed_width_prop { ##1 } }
\dim_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_a_tl + \l__tblr_c_tl } > { \l__tblr_b_tl }
{
\prop_put:Nnx \l__column_computed_width_prop
{ ##1 } { \l__tblr_b_tl }
\dim_add:Nn \l__column_target_dim
{ \l__tblr_a_tl + \l__tblr_c_tl - \l__tblr_b_tl }
\prop_remove:Nn \l__column_coefficient_prop { ##1 }
}
{
\__tblr_add_dimen_value:Nnn
\l__column_computed_width_prop { ##1 } { \l__tblr_a_tl }
}
}
}
\LogTblrTracing { target }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_adjust_extendable_column_width_negative:
{
\dim_zero:N \l_tmpa_dim
\prop_map_inline:Nn \l__column_natural_width_prop
{ \dim_add:Nn \l_tmpa_dim { ##2 } }
\tl_set:Nx \l_tmpa_tl
{ \dim_ratio:nn { \l__column_target_dim } { \l_tmpa_dim } }
\dim_zero:N \l__column_target_dim
\prop_map_inline:Nn \l__column_natural_width_prop
{
\tl_set:Nx \l_tmpb_tl { \dim_eval:n { ##2 * \l_tmpa_tl } }
\__tblr_add_dimen_value:Nnn
\l__column_computed_width_prop { ##1 } { \l_tmpb_tl }
}
\LogTblrTracing { target }
}
8.22 Calculate and Adjust Multispan Cells
%% Compute and adjust widths when there are some span cells.
%% By default, we will compute column widths from span widths;
%% but if we set table option "hspan = minimal",
%% we will compute span widths from column widths.
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_adjust_sizes_for_span_cells:
{
\__tblr_prop_if_in:nnT { inner } { colspan }
{
\__tblr_collect_column_widths_skips:
\str_if_eq:xnTF
{ \__tblr_prop_item:ne { inner } { hspan } } { minimal }
{
\__tblr_set_span_widths_from_column_widths:
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 130
}
{
\__tblr_collect_span_widths:
\__tblr_set_column_widths_from_span_widths:
}
\LogTblrTracing { column }
\__tblr_calculate_cell_sizes:
}
\__tblr_prop_if_in:nnT { inner } { rowspan }
{
\__tblr_collect_row_heights_skips:
\__tblr_collect_span_heights:
\__tblr_set_row_heights_from_span_heights:
\LogTblrTracing { row }
}
}
\prop_new:N \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop
\prop_new:N \l__tblr_col_span_size_prop
\prop_new:N \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop
\prop_new:N \l__tblr_row_span_size_prop
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_collect_column_widths_skips:
{
\prop_clear:N \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@colcount } \l__tblr_j_tl
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_j_tl } > { 1 }
{
\prop_put:Nxx \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop { skip[\l__tblr_j_tl] }
{
\dim_eval:n
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen { column }
{ \int_eval:n { \l__tblr_j_tl - 1 } } { rightsep }
+
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline }
{ [\l__tblr_j_tl] / @vline-width }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { column } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { leftsep }
}
}
}
{
\prop_put:Nxn \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop { skip[\l__tblr_j_tl] }
{ 0pt }
}
\prop_put:Nxx \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop { item[\l__tblr_j_tl] }
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { @col-width } }
}
\__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn { cellspan }
{ \prop_log:N \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_collect_row_heights_skips:
{
\prop_clear:N \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 131
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@rowcount } \l__tblr_i_tl
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_i_tl } > { 1 }
{
\prop_put:Nxx \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop { skip[\l__tblr_i_tl] }
{
\dim_eval:n
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row }
{ \int_eval:n {\l__tblr_i_tl - 1} } { belowsep }
+
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline }
{ [\l__tblr_i_tl] / @hline-height }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } { \l__tblr_i_tl } { abovesep }
}
}
}
{
\prop_put:Nxn \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop { skip[\l__tblr_i_tl] }
{ 0pt }
}
\__tblr_collect_one_row_height:NN \l__tblr_i_tl \l__tblr_h_tl
\prop_put:Nxx \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop
{ item[\l__tblr_i_tl] } { \l__tblr_h_tl }
}
\__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn { cellspan }
{ \prop_log:N \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop }
}
%% #1: row number; #2: tl with result
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_collect_one_row_height:NN #1 #2
{
\tl_set:Nx #2 { \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-height } }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_collect_span_widths:
{
\prop_clear:N \l__tblr_col_span_size_prop
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@colcount } \l__tblr_j_tl
{
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@rowcount } \l__tblr_i_tl
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_a_tl
{
\__tblr_data_item:neen { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { colspan }
}
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_a_tl } > {1}
{
\__tblr_put_if_larger:Nxx \l__tblr_col_span_size_prop
{
( \l__tblr_j_tl -
\int_eval:n {\l__tblr_j_tl + \l__tblr_a_tl - 1} )
}
{
\__tblr_data_item:neen { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { @cell-width }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 132
}
}
}
}
\__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn { cellspan }
{ \prop_log:N \l__tblr_col_span_size_prop }
}
\prop_new:N \l__tblr_row_span_to_row_prop
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_collect_span_heights:
{
\prop_clear:N \l__tblr_row_span_to_row_prop
\prop_clear:N \l__tblr_row_span_size_prop
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@rowcount } \l__tblr_i_tl
{
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@colcount } \l__tblr_j_tl
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_a_tl
{
\__tblr_data_item:neen { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { rowspan }
}
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_a_tl } > {1}
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_v_tl
{
\__tblr_data_item:neen { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { valign }
}
\tl_if_eq:NnT \l__tblr_v_tl { h }
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_h_tl
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { @row-head }
}
\__tblr_data_gput:neenV { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { @cell-height }
\l__tblr_h_tl
}
\tl_if_eq:NnT \l__tblr_v_tl { f }
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_d_tl
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen
{ row }
{ \int_eval:n { \l__tblr_i_tl + \l__tblr_a_tl - 1 } }
{ @row-foot }
}
\__tblr_data_gput:neenV { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { @cell-depth }
\l__tblr_d_tl
}
\__tblr_put_if_larger:Nxx \l__tblr_row_span_size_prop
{
( \l__tblr_i_tl -
\int_eval:n {\l__tblr_i_tl + \l__tblr_a_tl - 1} )
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 133
}
{
\dim_eval:n
{
\__tblr_data_item:neen { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { @cell-height }
+
\__tblr_data_item:neen { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { @cell-depth }
}
}
\prop_put:Nxx \l__tblr_row_span_to_row_prop
{ [\l__tblr_i_tl][\l__tblr_j_tl] }
{ \int_eval:n {\l__tblr_i_tl + \l__tblr_a_tl - 1} }
}
}
}
\__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn { cellspan }
{
\prop_log:N \l__tblr_row_span_to_row_prop
\prop_log:N \l__tblr_row_span_size_prop
}
}
%% Compute and set column widths from span widths
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_column_widths_from_span_widths:
{
\str_if_eq:xnTF
{ \__tblr_prop_item:ne { inner } { hspan } }
{ even }
{
\__tblr_distribute_span_sizes_even:xNN
{ \int_use:N \c@colcount }
\l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop
\l__tblr_col_span_size_prop
}
{
\__tblr_distribute_span_sizes_default:xNN
{ \int_use:N \c@colcount }
\l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop
\l__tblr_col_span_size_prop
}
\__tblr_set_all_column_widths:
}
%% Compute and set row heights from span heights
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_row_heights_from_span_heights:
{
\str_if_eq:xnTF
{ \__tblr_prop_item:ne { inner } { vspan } }
{ even }
{
\__tblr_distribute_span_sizes_even:nNN
{ \int_use:N \c@rowcount }
\l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop
\l__tblr_row_span_size_prop
}
{
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 134
\__tblr_distribute_span_sizes_default:xNN
{ \int_use:N \c@rowcount }
\l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop
\l__tblr_row_span_size_prop
}
\__tblr_set_all_row_heights:
}
%% See page 245 in Chapter 22 of TeXbook
%% #1: total number of items
%% #2: prop list with item sizes and skip sizes; #3: prop list with span sizes
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_distribute_span_sizes_default:nNN #1 #2 #3
{
\int_step_variable:nNn { #1 } \l__tblr_j_tl
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_w_dim
{
\prop_item:Ne #2 { item[\l__tblr_j_tl] }
}
\int_step_variable:nNn { \l__tblr_j_tl - 1 } \l__tblr_i_tl
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_a_tl
{ \prop_item:Ne #3 { (\l__tblr_i_tl-\l__tblr_j_tl) } }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_a_tl
{
\int_step_variable:nnNn
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl - 1 } \l__tblr_k_tl
{
\__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn { cellspan }
{
\tl_log:x
{ \l__tblr_j_tl : \l__tblr_i_tl -> \l__tblr_k_tl }
}
\tl_set:Nx \l_tmpa_tl
{
\prop_item:Ne #2 { itemskip[\l__tblr_k_tl] }
}
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_a_tl
{ \dim_eval:n { \l__tblr_a_tl - \l_tmpa_tl } }
}
\dim_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_a_tl } > { \l__tblr_w_dim }
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_w_dim { \l__tblr_a_tl }
}
}
}
\prop_put:Nxx #2
{ item[\l__tblr_j_tl] } { \dim_use:N \l__tblr_w_dim }
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_j_tl } < { #1 }
{
\tl_set:Nx \l_tmpb_tl
{
\prop_item:Ne #2
{ skip[\int_eval:n { \l__tblr_j_tl + 1} ] }
}
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_w_dim { \l_tmpb_tl }
\prop_put:Nxx #2
{ itemskip[\l__tblr_j_tl] } { \dim_use:N \l__tblr_w_dim }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 135
}
}
\__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn { cellspan } { \prop_log:N #2 }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_distribute_span_sizes_default:nNN { x }
%% #1: total number of items
%% #2: prop list with item sizes and skip sizes; #3: prop list with span sizes
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_distribute_span_sizes_even:nNN #1 #2 #3
{
\prop_clear:N \l_tmpa_prop
\prop_map_inline:Nn #3
{
\__tblr_get_span_from_to:w ##1
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpa_dim {##2}
\dim_sub:Nn \l_tmpa_dim { \prop_item:Ne #2 { item[\l__tblr_a_tl] } }
\int_step_inline:nnn { \l__tblr_a_tl + 1 } { \l__tblr_b_tl }
{
\dim_sub:Nn \l_tmpa_dim
{
\prop_item:Ne #2 { skip[####1] } + \prop_item:Nn #2 { item[####1] }
}
}
\__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn { cellspan }
{
\tl_log:x { \l__tblr_a_tl -> \l__tblr_b_tl : ~ \dim_use:N \l_tmpa_dim }
}
\dim_compare:nNnT {\l_tmpa_dim} > {0pt}
{
\tl_set:Nx \l_tmpa_tl
{ \dim_eval:n { \l_tmpa_dim / (\l__tblr_b_tl - \l__tblr_a_tl + 1) } }
\int_step_inline:nnn { \l__tblr_a_tl } { \l__tblr_b_tl }
{
\__tblr_put_if_larger:NnV \l_tmpa_prop {####1} \l_tmpa_tl
}
}
}
\__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn { cellspan } { \prop_log:N \l_tmpa_prop }
\prop_map_inline:Nn \l_tmpa_prop
{
\__tblr_add_dimen_value:Nnn #2 {item[##1]} {##2}
}
\__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn { cellspan } { \prop_log:N #2 }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_distribute_span_sizes_even:nNN { x }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_span_from_to:w (#1-#2)
{
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_a_tl {#1}
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_b_tl {#2}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_all_column_widths:
{
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@colcount } \l__tblr_j_tl
{
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { column }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 136
{ \l__tblr_j_tl } { width }
{ \prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop { item[\l__tblr_j_tl] } }
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_all_row_heights:
{
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@rowcount } \l__tblr_i_tl
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_h_tl
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } { \l__tblr_i_tl } { @row-head }
}
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_d_tl
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } { \l__tblr_i_tl } { @row-foot }
}
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_a_tl
{
\prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop { item[\l__tblr_i_tl] }
}
\__tblr_collect_one_row_height:NN \l__tblr_i_tl \l__tblr_t_tl
\__tblr_data_gput:nene { row }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { @row-height } { \l__tblr_a_tl }
}
}
%% Compute and set span widths from column widths
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_span_widths_from_column_widths:
{
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@colcount } \l__tblr_j_tl
{
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@rowcount } \l__tblr_i_tl
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_a_tl
{
\__tblr_data_item:neen { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { colspan }
}
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_a_tl } > {1}
{
\__tblr_calc_span_widths:xxN
{ \l__tblr_j_tl }
{ \int_eval:n { \l__tblr_j_tl + \l__tblr_a_tl - 1 } }
\l__tblr_w_dim
\__tblr_data_gput:neene { cell }
{ \l__tblr_i_tl } { \l__tblr_j_tl } { width }
{ \dim_use:N \l__tblr_w_dim }
}
}
}
}
%% Cell is spanned from col #1 to col #2, #3 is the return dim
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_calc_span_widths:nnN #1 #2 #3
{
\dim_set:Nn #3 { \prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop { item[#1] } }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 137
\int_step_inline:nnn { #1 + 1 } { #2 }
{
\tl_set:Nx \l_tmpa_tl
{ \prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop { skip[##1] } }
\tl_set:Nx \l_tmpb_tl
{ \prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop { item[##1] } }
\dim_add:Nn #3 { \dim_eval:n { \l_tmpa_tl + \l_tmpb_tl } }
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_calc_span_widths:nnN { xxN }
8.23 Header and Footer Styles
\prop_new:N \l__tblr_element_styles_prop
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_style_put:nn #1 #2
{
\prop_put:Nnn \l__tblr_element_styles_prop {#1} {#2}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_style_put:nn { nV, ne, en, eV }
\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_style_item:n #1
{
\prop_item:Nn \l__tblr_element_styles_prop {#1}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_style_log:
{
\prop_log:N \l__tblr_element_styles_prop
}
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_element_name_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_element_styles_tl
%% #1: list of element names; #2: element styles
\NewDocumentCommand \SetTblrStyle { m +m }
{
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_element_styles_tl {#2}
\keys_set:nn { tblr-element } {#1}
\ignorespaces
}
\keys_define:nn { tblr-element }
{
head .meta:n = { firsthead, middlehead, lasthead },
foot .meta:n = { firstfoot, middlefoot, lastfoot },
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_set_element_styles:V \l_keys_key_str,
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_element_styles:n #1
{
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_element_name_tl {#1}
\keys_set:nV { tblr-style } \l__tblr_element_styles_tl
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_set_element_styles:n { V }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 138
\keys_define:nn { tblr-style }
{
halign .code:n = \__tblr_element_gput_style:nn { halign } {#1},
l .meta:n = { halign = l },
c .meta:n = { halign = c },
r .meta:n = { halign = r },
j .meta:n = { halign = j },
fg .code:n = \__tblr_element_gput_style:nn { fg } {#1},
font .code:n = \__tblr_element_gput_style:nn { font } {#1},
hang .code:n = \__tblr_element_gput_style:nn { hang } {#1},
indent .code:n = \__tblr_element_gput_style:nn { indent } {#1},
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_element_unknown_key:Vn \l_keys_key_str {#1},
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_element_gput_style:nn #1 #2
{
\__tblr_style_put:en { \l__tblr_element_name_tl / #1 } {#2}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_element_unknown_key:nn #1 #2
{
\regex_match:NnTF \c__tblr_is_color_key_regex {#1}
{ \__tblr_style_put:en { \l__tblr_element_name_tl / fg } {#1} }
{
%% unknown key name has been changed to string in \l_keys_key_str
\tl_set_rescan:Nnn \l__tblr_f_tl {} {#1}
\tl_if_head_eq_catcode:VNTF \l__tblr_f_tl \scan_stop:
{
\__tblr_style_put:eV { \l__tblr_element_name_tl / font } \l__tblr_f_tl
}
{
\__tblr_style_put:en { \l__tblr_element_name_tl / #1 } {#2}
}
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_element_unknown_key:nn { Vn }
8.24 Helper Functions for Templates
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_template_name_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_template_code_tl
\keys_define:nn { tblr-def-template }
{
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_def_template:V \l_keys_key_str,
}
%% #1: head/foot element; #2: template name; #3: template code
%% If the template name = default, we enable the template at once
%% Otherwise, we may enable the template by using \SetTblrTemplate command
\NewDocumentCommand \DefTblrTemplate { m m +m }
{
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_template_name_tl {#2}
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_template_code_tl {#3}
\keys_set:nn { tblr-def-template } {#1}
\ignorespaces
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 139
}
\cs_new_eq:NN \DeclareTblrTemplate \DefTblrTemplate
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_def_template:n #1
{
\tl_set_eq:cN { l__tblr_template_ #1 _ \l__tblr_template_name_tl _tl }
\l__tblr_template_code_tl
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_def_template:n { V }
\keys_define:nn { tblr-set-template }
{
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_set_template:V \l_keys_key_str,
}
%% #1: head/foot element; #2: template name
\NewDocumentCommand \SetTblrTemplate { m m }
{
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_template_name_tl {#2}
\keys_set:nn { tblr-set-template } {#1}
\ignorespaces
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_template:n #1
{
\tl_set_eq:cc { l__tblr_template_ #1 _default_tl }
{ l__tblr_template_ #1 _ \l__tblr_template_name_tl _tl }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_set_template:n { V }
\NewExpandableDocumentCommand \GetTblrStyle { m m }
{
\__tblr_style_item:n { #1 / #2 }
}
\NewDocumentCommand \UseTblrFont { m }
{
\GetTblrStyle {#1} { font } \selectfont
}
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_use_color_tl
\NewDocumentCommand \UseTblrColor { m }
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_use_color_tl { \GetTblrStyle {#1} { fg } }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_use_color_tl { \color { \l__tblr_use_color_tl } }
}
%% All halign commands are defined at the beginning of the file
\NewDocumentCommand \UseTblrAlign { m }
{
\use:c { __tblr_halign_command_ \GetTblrStyle {#1} { halign } : }
}
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_use_hang_tl
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 140
\NewDocumentCommand \UseTblrHang { m }
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_use_hang_tl { \GetTblrStyle {#1} { hang } }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_use_hang_tl
{
\tl_put_left:Nn \l__tblr_use_hang_tl
{ \hangafter = 1 \relax \hangindent = }
\tl_put_right:Nn \l__tblr_use_hang_tl { \relax }
\exp_args:NV \everypar \l__tblr_use_hang_tl
}
}
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_use_indent_tl
\NewDocumentCommand \UseTblrIndent { m }
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_use_indent_tl { \GetTblrStyle {#1} { indent } }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_use_indent_tl
{ \exp_args:NNV \setlength \parindent \l__tblr_use_indent_tl }
}
\AtBeginDocument
{
\@ifpackageloaded{xcolor}{}{\RenewDocumentCommand \UseTblrColor {m} {}}
}
%% #1: head/foot element; #2: template name
\NewExpandableDocumentCommand \ExpTblrTemplate { m m }
{
\tl_use:c { l__tblr_template_ #1 _ #2 _tl }
}
%% #1: head/foot element; #2: template name
\NewDocumentCommand \UseTblrTemplate { m m }
{
\group_begin:
\UseTblrFont {#1}
\UseTblrColor {#1}
\tl_use:c { l__tblr_template_ #1 _ #2 _tl }
\group_end:
}
\NewDocumentCommand \MapTblrNotes { +m }
{
\__tblr_prop_map_inline:nn { note }
{
\tl_set_rescan:Nnn \InsertTblrNoteTag {} {##1}
\tl_set:Nn \InsertTblrNoteText {##2}
#1
}
}
\NewDocumentCommand \MapTblrRemarks { +m }
{
\__tblr_prop_map_inline:nn { remark }
{
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 141
\tl_set_rescan:Nnn \InsertTblrRemarkTag {} {##1}
\tl_set:Nn \InsertTblrRemarkText {##2}
#1
}
}
\NewExpandableDocumentCommand \InsertTblrText { m }
{
\__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } {#1}
}
\NewExpandableDocumentCommand \InsertTblrMore { m }
{
\__tblr_prop_item:nn { more } {#1}
}
8.25 Table Continuation Templates
\tl_if_exist:NF \tblrcontfootname
{
\tl_set:Nn \tblrcontfootname { Continued ~ on ~ next ~ page }
}
\tl_if_exist:NF \tblrcontheadname
{
\tl_set:Nn \tblrcontheadname { ( Continued ) }
}
\DefTblrTemplate { contfoot-text } { normal } { \tblrcontfootname }
\SetTblrTemplate { contfoot-text } { normal }
\DefTblrTemplate { contfoot } { empty } { }
\DefTblrTemplate { contfoot } { plain }
{
\noindent
\raggedleft
\UseTblrTemplate { contfoot-text } { default }
\par
}
\DefTblrTemplate { contfoot } { normal }
{
%% need to set parindent after alignment
\raggedleft
\UseTblrAlign { contfoot }
\UseTblrIndent { contfoot }
\UseTblrHang { contfoot }
\leavevmode
\UseTblrTemplate { contfoot-text } { default }
\par
}
\SetTblrTemplate { contfoot } { normal }
\DefTblrTemplate { conthead-pre } { empty } { }
\DefTblrTemplate { conthead-pre } { normal } { \space }
\SetTblrTemplate { conthead-pre } { normal }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 142
\DefTblrTemplate { conthead-text } { normal } { \tblrcontheadname }
\SetTblrTemplate { conthead-text } { normal }
\DefTblrTemplate { conthead } { empty } { }
\DefTblrTemplate { conthead } { plain }
{
\noindent
\raggedright
\UseTblrTemplate { conthead-text } { default }
\par
}
\DefTblrTemplate { conthead } { normal }
{
%% need to set parindent after alignment
\raggedright
\UseTblrAlign { conthead }
\UseTblrIndent { conthead }
\UseTblrHang { conthead }
\leavevmode
\UseTblrTemplate { conthead-text } { default }
\par
}
\SetTblrTemplate { conthead } { normal }
8.26 Table Caption Templates
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_caption_short_tl
\DefTblrTemplate { caption-lot } { empty } { }
\DefTblrTemplate { caption-lot } { normal }
{
\tl_if_empty:NTF \lTblrEntryTl
{ \tl_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_caption_short_tl \lTblrCaptionTl }
{ \tl_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_caption_short_tl \lTblrEntryTl }
\addcontentsline { lot } { table }
{ \protect\numberline { \thetable } { \l__tblr_caption_short_tl } }
}
\SetTblrTemplate { caption-lot } { normal }
%% We need to use \hspace and \enskip, but not ~ or \space,
%% since we want a correct hangindent caption paragraph.
\DefTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { empty } { }
\DefTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { normal } { \tablename\hspace{0.25em}\thetable }
\SetTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { normal }
\DefTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { empty } { }
\DefTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { normal } { : \enskip }
\SetTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { normal }
\DefTblrTemplate { caption-text } { empty } { }
\DefTblrTemplate { caption-text } { normal } { \InsertTblrText { caption } }
\SetTblrTemplate { caption-text } { normal }
\box_new:N \l__tblr_caption_box
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 143
\box_new:N \l__tblr_caption_left_box
\DefTblrTemplate { caption } { empty } { }
\DefTblrTemplate { caption } { plain }
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_caption_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-text } { default }
}
\dim_compare:nNnTF { \box_wd:N \l__tblr_caption_box } > { \hsize }
{
\noindent
\hbox_unpack:N \l__tblr_caption_box
\par
}
{
\centering
\makebox [\hsize] [c] { \box_use:N \l__tblr_caption_box }
\par
}
}
\DefTblrTemplate { caption } { normal }
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_caption_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-text } { default }
}
\dim_compare:nNnTF { \box_wd:N \l__tblr_caption_box } > { \hsize }
{
\UseTblrAlign { caption }
\UseTblrIndent { caption }
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_caption_left_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { default }
}
\hangindent = \box_wd:N \l__tblr_caption_left_box
\hangafter = 1
\UseTblrHang { caption }
\leavevmode
\hbox_unpack:N \l__tblr_caption_box
\par
}
{
\centering
\makebox [\hsize] [c] { \box_use:N \l__tblr_caption_box }
\par
}
}
\DefTblrTemplate { caption } { simple }
{
\UseTblrAlign { caption }
\UseTblrIndent { caption }
\UseTblrHang { caption }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 144
\leavevmode
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-text } { default }
\par
}
\SetTblrTemplate { caption } { normal }
\DefTblrTemplate { capcont } { empty } { }
\DefTblrTemplate { capcont } { plain }
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_caption_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-text } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { conthead-pre } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { conthead-text } { default }
}
\dim_compare:nNnTF { \box_wd:N \l__tblr_caption_box } > { \hsize }
{
\noindent
\hbox_unpack:N \l__tblr_caption_box
\par
}
{
\centering
\makebox [\hsize] [c] { \box_use:N \l__tblr_caption_box }
\par
}
}
\DefTblrTemplate { capcont } { normal }
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_caption_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-text } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { conthead-pre } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { conthead-text } { default }
}
\dim_compare:nNnTF { \box_wd:N \l__tblr_caption_box } > { \hsize }
{
\UseTblrAlign { capcont }
\UseTblrIndent { capcont }
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_caption_left_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { default }
}
\hangindent = \box_wd:N \l__tblr_caption_left_box
\hangafter = 1
\UseTblrHang { capcont }
\leavevmode
\hbox_unpack:N \l__tblr_caption_box
\par
}
{
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 145
\centering
\makebox [\hsize] [c] { \box_use:N \l__tblr_caption_box }
\par
}
}
\DefTblrTemplate { capcont } { simple }
{
\UseTblrAlign { caption }
\UseTblrIndent { caption }
\UseTblrHang { caption }
\leavevmode
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { caption-text } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { conthead-pre } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { conthead-text } { default }
\par
}
\SetTblrTemplate { capcont} { normal }
8.27 Table Notes Templates
%% By default the targets generated by \hypertarget are too low
%% Therefore we need to use \Hy@raisedlink command to fix this problem
%% See https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/17057
%% We also use \use:c in case the private command \Hy@raisedlink is removed
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_hyper_target:n #1
{
\cs_if_exist:NT \hypertarget
{
\use:c { Hy@raisedlink }
{
\hypertarget
{ tblr / \int_use:N \g__tblr_table_count_int / \tl_to_str:n {#1} }
{ }
}
}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_hyper_target:n { V }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_hyper_link:nn #1 #2
{
\cs_if_exist:NTF \hyperlink
{
\hyperlink
{ tblr / \int_use:N \g__tblr_table_count_int / \tl_to_str:n {#1} }
{ #2 }
}
{ #2 }
}
\DefTblrTemplate { note-border } { empty }
{
\hypersetup { pdfborder = { 0 ~ 0 ~ 0 } }
}
\DefTblrTemplate { note-border } { normal }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 146
{
\hypersetup { pdfborder = { 0 ~ 0 ~ 1 } }
}
\SetTblrTemplate { note-border } { empty }
\cs_set_eq:NN \TblrOverlap \rlap
\NewDocumentCommand \TblrNote { m }
{
\cs_if_exist:NT \hypersetup { \ExpTblrTemplate { note-border }{ default } }
\TblrOverlap
{
\__tblr_hyper_link:nn {#1}
{ \textsuperscript { \sffamily \UseTblrFont { note-tag } #1 } }
}
}
\DefTblrTemplate { note-tag } { empty } { }
\DefTblrTemplate { note-tag } { normal }
{
\textsuperscript { \sffamily \UseTblrFont { note-tag } \InsertTblrNoteTag }
}
\SetTblrTemplate { note-tag } { normal }
\DefTblrTemplate { note-target } { normal }
{
\__tblr_hyper_target:V \InsertTblrNoteTag
}
\SetTblrTemplate { note-target } { normal }
\DefTblrTemplate { note-sep } { empty } { }
\DefTblrTemplate { note-sep } { normal } { \space }
\SetTblrTemplate { note-sep } { normal }
\DefTblrTemplate { note-text } { empty } { }
\DefTblrTemplate { note-text } { normal } { \InsertTblrNoteText }
\SetTblrTemplate { note-text } { normal }
\DefTblrTemplate { note } { empty } { }
\DefTblrTemplate { note } { plain }
{
\MapTblrNotes
{
\noindent
\UseTblrTemplate { note-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { note-target } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { note-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { note-text } { default }
\par
}
}
\DefTblrTemplate { note } { normal }
{
\UseTblrAlign { note }
\UseTblrIndent { note }
\MapTblrNotes
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 147
{
\hangindent = 0.7em
\hangafter = 1
\UseTblrHang { note }
\leavevmode
\hbox_to_wd:nn { \the\hangindent }
{
\UseTblrTemplate { note-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { note-target } { default }
\hfil
}
\UseTblrTemplate { note-text } { default }
\par
}
}
\DefTblrTemplate { note } { inline }
{
\UseTblrAlign { note }
\UseTblrIndent { note }
\UseTblrHang { note }
\leavevmode
\MapTblrNotes
{
\UseTblrTemplate { note-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { note-target } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { note-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { note-text } { default }
\quad
}
\par
}
\SetTblrTemplate { note } { normal }
8.28 Table Remarks Templates
\DefTblrTemplate { remark-tag } { empty } { }
\DefTblrTemplate { remark-tag } { normal }
{
\itshape \UseTblrFont { remark-tag } \InsertTblrRemarkTag
}
\SetTblrTemplate { remark-tag } { normal }
\DefTblrTemplate { remark-sep } { empty } { }
\DefTblrTemplate { remark-sep } { normal } { : \space }
\SetTblrTemplate { remark-sep } { normal }
\DefTblrTemplate { remark-text } { empty } { }
\DefTblrTemplate { remark-text } { normal } { \InsertTblrRemarkText }
\SetTblrTemplate { remark-text } { normal }
\DefTblrTemplate { remark } { empty } { }
\DefTblrTemplate { remark } { plain }
{
\MapTblrRemarks
{
\noindent
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 148
\UseTblrTemplate { remark-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { remark-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { remark-text } { default }
\par
}
}
\DefTblrTemplate { remark } { normal }
{
\UseTblrAlign { remark }
\UseTblrIndent { remark }
\MapTblrRemarks
{
\hangindent = 0.7em
\hangafter = 1
\UseTblrHang { remark }
\leavevmode
\UseTblrTemplate { remark-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { remark-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { remark-text } { default }
\par
}
}
\DefTblrTemplate { remark } { inline }
{
\UseTblrAlign { remark }
\UseTblrIndent { remark }
\UseTblrHang { remark }
\leavevmode
\MapTblrRemarks
{
\UseTblrTemplate { remark-tag } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { remark-sep } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { remark-text } { default }
\quad
}
\par
}
\SetTblrTemplate { remark } { normal }
8.29 Header and Footer Templates
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_template_firsthead_default_tl
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_template_middlehead_default_tl
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_template_lasthead_default_tl
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_template_firstfoot_default_tl
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_template_middlefoot_default_tl
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_template_lastfoot_default_tl
\keys_define:nn { tblr-def-template }
{
head .meta:n = { firsthead, middlehead, lasthead },
foot .meta:n = { firstfoot, middlefoot, lastfoot },
}
\keys_define:nn { tblr-set-template }
{
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 149
head .meta:n = { firsthead, middlehead, lasthead },
foot .meta:n = { firstfoot, middlefoot, lastfoot },
}
\DefTblrTemplate { head } { empty } { }
\DefTblrTemplate { foot } { empty } { }
\DefTblrTemplate { firsthead } { normal }
{
\UseTblrTemplate { caption } { default }
}
\DefTblrTemplate { middlehead, lasthead } { normal }
{
\UseTblrTemplate { capcont } { default }
}
\DefTblrTemplate { firstfoot, middlefoot } { normal }
{
\UseTblrTemplate { contfoot } { default }
}
\DefTblrTemplate { lastfoot } { normal }
{
\UseTblrTemplate { note } { default }
\UseTblrTemplate { remark } { default }
}
\SetTblrTemplate { head } { normal }
\SetTblrTemplate { foot } { normal }
8.30 Build the Whole Table
\cs_new:Npn \__tblr_box_height:N #1
{
\dim_eval:n { \box_ht:N #1 + \box_dp:N #1 }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_head_foot:
{
\__tblr_build_row_head_foot:
\__tblr_build_table_head_foot:
}
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_row_head_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_row_foot_tl
\box_new:N \l__tblr_row_head_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_row_foot_box
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_row_head_foot_dim
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_row_head_foot:
{
%% \l__tblr_row_head_tl and \l__tblr_row_foot_tl may be empty
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_row_head_tl { \__tblr_prop_item:ne { inner } { rowhead } }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 150
\int_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_row_head_tl + 0 } > { 0 }
{
\__tblr_build_one_table:nnNN {1} { \l__tblr_row_head_tl }
\c_true_bool \c_true_bool
}
{ \__tblr_build_one_hline:n {1} }
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_row_head_box \l__tblr_table_box
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_row_foot_tl { \__tblr_prop_item:ne { inner } { rowfoot } }
\int_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_row_foot_tl + 0 } > { 0 }
{
\__tblr_build_one_table:nnNN
{ \c@rowcount - \l__tblr_row_foot_tl + 1 } { \c@rowcount }
\c_true_bool \c_true_bool
}
{ \__tblr_build_one_hline:n { \int_eval:n { \c@rowcount + 1 } } }
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_row_foot_box \l__tblr_table_box
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_row_head_foot_dim
{
\__tblr_box_height:N \l__tblr_row_head_box
+ \__tblr_box_height:N \l__tblr_row_foot_box
}
}
\dim_new:N \tablewidth
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_table_width:
{
\dim_zero:N \tablewidth
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount }
{
\dim_add:Nn \tablewidth
{
\__tblr_spec_item:nn { vline } { [##1] / @vline-width }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nnn { column } {##1} { leftsep }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nnn { column } {##1} { @col-width }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nnn { column } {##1} { rightsep }
}
}
\dim_add:Nn \tablewidth
{
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline }
{ [\int_eval:n { \c@colcount + 1 }] / @vline-width }
}
}
\box_new:N \l__tblr_table_firsthead_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_table_middlehead_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_table_lasthead_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_table_firstfoot_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_table_middlefoot_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_table_lastfoot_box
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_table_head_foot:
{
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 151
\__tblr_get_table_width:
% make each of \lTblrCaptionTl, \lTblrEntryTl, \lTblrLabelTl and the
% three corresponding booleans available in all head-foot templates
\__tblr_set_table_label_entry:
\__tblr_build_table_head_aux:Nn \l__tblr_table_firsthead_box
{
\__tblr_build_table_label_entry:
\UseTblrTemplate { firsthead } { default }
}
\__tblr_build_table_head_aux:Nn \l__tblr_table_middlehead_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { middlehead } { default }
}
\__tblr_build_table_head_aux:Nn \l__tblr_table_lasthead_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { lasthead } { default }
}
\__tblr_build_table_foot_aux:Nn \l__tblr_table_firstfoot_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { firstfoot } { default }
}
\__tblr_build_table_foot_aux:Nn \l__tblr_table_middlefoot_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { middlefoot } { default }
}
\__tblr_build_table_foot_aux:Nn \l__tblr_table_lastfoot_box
{
\UseTblrTemplate { lastfoot } { default }
}
}
\bool_new:N \l__tblr_table_no_title_bool
\bool_new:N \l__tblr_table_no_entry_bool
\bool_new:N \l__tblr_table_no_label_bool
\tl_const:Nn \c_tblr_none_tl { none }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_set_table_label_entry:
{
\tl_set:Nx \lTblrCaptionTl { \InsertTblrText { caption } }
\tl_set:Nx \lTblrEntryTl { \InsertTblrText { entry } }
\tl_set:Nx \lTblrLabelTl { \InsertTblrText { label } }
\bool_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_no_title_bool
{ \tl_if_empty_p:N \lTblrCaptionTl }
\bool_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_no_entry_bool
{ \tl_if_eq_p:NN \lTblrEntryTl \c_tblr_none_tl }
\bool_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_no_label_bool
{ \tl_if_eq_p:NN \lTblrLabelTl \c_tblr_none_tl }
\bool_if:NT \l__tblr_table_no_title_bool
{
\SetTblrTemplate { conthead-pre } { empty }
}
\bool_if:NT \l__tblr_table_no_label_bool
{
\SetTblrTemplate { caption-tag }{ empty }
\SetTblrTemplate { caption-sep }{ empty }
}
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 152
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_tall_table_head_foot:
{
\__tblr_get_table_width:
\__tblr_set_table_label_entry:
\__tblr_build_table_head_aux:Nn \l__tblr_table_firsthead_box
{
\__tblr_build_table_label_entry:
\UseTblrTemplate { firsthead } { default }
}
\__tblr_build_table_foot_aux:Nn
\l__tblr_table_lastfoot_box { \UseTblrTemplate { lastfoot } { default } }
}
\tl_new:N \lTblrCaptionTl
\tl_new:N \lTblrEntryTl
\tl_new:N \lTblrLabelTl
\clist_new:N \lTblrRefMoreClist
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_table_label_entry:
{
\bool_if:NF \l__tblr_table_no_label_bool
{
\refstepcounter { table }
\tl_if_empty:NF \lTblrLabelTl
{
\clist_map_inline:Nn \lTblrRefMoreClist
{ \ExpTblrTemplate { caption-ref } { ##1 } }
\exp_args:NV \label \lTblrLabelTl
}
}
%% We put caption-lot code at last, so that a user can modify \lTblrEntryTl
%% in a caption-label template. For example, a user may want to use
%% short caption in nameref, but at the same time not to add LoT entry.
\bool_if:NF \l__tblr_table_no_entry_bool
{ \UseTblrTemplate { caption-lot } { default } }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_table_head_aux:Nn #1 #2
{
\vbox_set:Nn #1
{
\hsize = \tablewidth
\TblrParboxRestore % it will set \linewidth = \hsize
\vbox_set:Nn \l_tmpa_box {#2}
\box_use:N \l_tmpa_box
\dim_compare:nNnT
{ \box_ht:N \l_tmpa_box + \box_dp:N \l_tmpa_box } > { 0pt }
{ \skip_vertical:n { \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { headsep } } }
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_table_foot_aux:Nn #1 #2
{
\vbox_set:Nn #1
{
\hsize = \tablewidth
\TblrParboxRestore % it will set \linewidth = \hsize
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 153
\vbox_set:Nn \l_tmpb_box {#2}
\dim_compare:nNnT
{ \box_ht:N \l_tmpb_box + \box_dp:N \l_tmpb_box } > { 0pt }
{ \skip_vertical:n { \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { footsep } } }
\box_use:N \l_tmpb_box
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_whole:
{
\__tblr_hook_use:n { tabularray/table/before }
\tl_if_eq:enTF { \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { long } } { true }
{ \__tblr_build_long_table:e { \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { halign } } }
{
\tl_if_eq:enTF { \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { tall } } { true }
{
\__tblr_build_tall_table:e
{ \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { baseline } }
}
{
\__tblr_build_short_table:e
{ \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { baseline } }
}
}
\__tblr_hook_use:n { tabularray/table/after }
}
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_remain_height_dim
\int_new:N \l__tblr_long_from_int
\int_new:N \l__tblr_long_to_int
\int_new:N \l__tblr_curr_i_int
\int_new:N \l__tblr_prev_i_int
\int_new:N \l__tblr_table_page_int
\bool_new:N \l__tblr_page_break_curr_bool
\bool_new:N \l__tblr_page_break_prev_bool
%% #1: table alignment
%% For long table, we need to leave hmode first to get correct \pagetotal
%% Also remove topskip and presep if we are at the beginning of the page
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_long_table:n #1
{
\LogTblrTracing { page }
\par
\skip_zero:N \parskip % see issue #203
\LogTblrTracing { page }
\dim_compare:nNnTF { \pagegoal } = { \maxdimen }
{ \hbox{}\kern-\topskip\nobreak }
{ \skip_vertical:n { \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { presep } } }
\LogTblrTracing { page }
\nointerlineskip
\mode_leave_vertical: % enter horizontal mode to update \pagetotal
\LogTblrTracing { page }
\hrule height ~ 0pt
\nobreak % prevent page break after \hrule (see issue #42)
\LogTblrTracing { page }
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_page_int {1}
\__tblr_build_head_foot:
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 154
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_remain_height_dim
{ \pagegoal - \pagetotal - \l__tblr_row_head_foot_dim }
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_long_from_int { \l__tblr_row_head_tl + 1 }
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_long_to_int { \c@rowcount - ( \l__tblr_row_foot_tl + 0 ) }
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_curr_i_int { \l__tblr_long_from_int - 1 }
\int_do_while:nNnn { \l__tblr_curr_i_int } < { \l__tblr_long_to_int }
{
\int_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_prev_i_int \l__tblr_curr_i_int
\__tblr_get_next_table_rows:NNNN
\l__tblr_long_to_int \l__tblr_curr_i_int
\l_tmpa_dim \l__tblr_page_break_curr_bool
\__tblr_check_table_page_break:NNN
\l__tblr_remain_height_dim \l_tmpa_dim \l__tblr_page_break_prev_bool
\__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn { page } { \int_log:N \l__tblr_curr_i_int }
\bool_if:NTF \l__tblr_page_break_prev_bool
{
\int_compare:nNnTF
{ \l__tblr_long_from_int } > { \l__tblr_prev_i_int }
{
% See issue #42: if longtblr starts at the bottom of a page,
% \pagetotal maybe exceed \pagegoal after adding presep,
% or after adding rowhead or rowfoot of the table.
% In these cases, we will not typeset table in this page,
% but rather force a page break.
\group_begin:
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpb_dim
{
% Enough to overfill the page (including shrink).
\pagegoal - \pagetotal + \l_tmpa_dim
+ \__tblr_box_height:N \l__tblr_table_firsthead_box
+ \__tblr_box_height:N \l__tblr_table_firstfoot_box
}
\skip_vertical:n { \l_tmpb_dim }
\tex_penalty:D 9999
\skip_vertical:n { -\l_tmpb_dim }
\group_end:
}
{
\__tblr_build_page_table:nnx {#1}
{ \int_use:N \l__tblr_long_from_int }
{ \int_use:N \l__tblr_prev_i_int }
\int_incr:N \l__tblr_table_page_int
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_long_from_int { \l__tblr_prev_i_int + 1 }
\TblrNewPage
}
\hbox{}\kern-\topskip\nobreak
\noindent
\LogTblrTracing { page }
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_remain_height_dim
{ \pagegoal - \pagetotal - \l__tblr_row_head_foot_dim - \l_tmpa_dim }
}
{
\bool_if:NTF \l__tblr_page_break_curr_bool
{
\__tblr_build_page_table:nnx {#1}
{ \int_use:N \l__tblr_long_from_int }
{ \int_use:N \l__tblr_curr_i_int }
\int_incr:N \l__tblr_table_page_int
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 155
\TblrNewPage
\hbox{}\kern-\topskip\nobreak
\noindent
\LogTblrTracing { page }
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_remain_height_dim
{ \pagegoal - \pagetotal - \l__tblr_row_head_foot_dim }
\int_set:Nn \l__tblr_long_from_int { \l__tblr_curr_i_int + 1 }
}
{ \dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_remain_height_dim { -\l_tmpa_dim } }
}
}
\int_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_table_page_int } = {1}
{
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_table_head_box \l__tblr_table_firsthead_box
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_table_foot_box \l__tblr_table_lastfoot_box
}
{
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_table_head_box \l__tblr_table_lasthead_box
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_table_foot_box \l__tblr_table_lastfoot_box
}
\__tblr_build_page_table:nnn {#1}
{ \int_use:N \l__tblr_long_from_int } { \int_use:N \l__tblr_long_to_int }
\skip_vertical:n { \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { postsep } }
% In the past we used "\hrule height ~ 0pt" to get strict postsep,
% but the postsep was not discarded when page breaks, see issue #39.
% Therefore we use \nointerlineskip here.
\nointerlineskip
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_build_long_table:n { e }
%% #1: int with index of the last row; #2: int with index of current row;
%% #3: row dimension; #4: break page or not.
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_next_table_rows:NNNN #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\bool_set_true:N \l_tmpa_bool
\dim_zero:N #3
\bool_set_false:N #4
\bool_while_do:Nn \l_tmpa_bool
{
\int_incr:N #2
\dim_add:Nn #3
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } { \int_use:N #2 } { abovesep }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } { \int_use:N #2 } { @row-height }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } { \int_use:N #2 } { belowsep }
+
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline }
{ [ \int_eval:n { #2 + 1 } ] / @hline-height }
}
\int_compare:nNnTF {#2} < {#1}
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_b_tl
{
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline }
{ [ \int_eval:n { #2 + 1 } ] / @pagebreak }
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 156
% Note that \l__tblr_b_tl may be empty
\int_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_b_tl + 0 } < { 0 }
{ \bool_set_true:N \l_tmpa_bool }
{
\bool_set_false:N \l_tmpa_bool
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_b_tl + 0 } > { 0 }
{ \bool_set_true:N #4 }
}
}
{ \bool_set_false:N \l_tmpa_bool }
}
}
\box_new:N \l__tblr_table_head_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_table_foot_box
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_table_head_foot_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_table_head_body_foot_dim
%% #1: remain dimension; #2: row dimension; #3: break page or not
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_check_table_page_break:NNN #1 #2 #3
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_table_page_int } = {1}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_head_body_foot_dim
{
\__tblr_box_height:N \l__tblr_table_firsthead_box
+ #2 + \__tblr_box_height:N \l__tblr_table_firstfoot_box
}
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_table_head_box \l__tblr_table_firsthead_box
\dim_compare:nNnTF
{ \l__tblr_table_head_body_foot_dim } > {#1}
{
\bool_set_true:N #3
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_table_foot_box \l__tblr_table_firstfoot_box
}
{ \bool_set_false:N #3 }
}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_head_body_foot_dim
{
\__tblr_box_height:N \l__tblr_table_middlehead_box
+ #2 + \__tblr_box_height:N \l__tblr_table_middlefoot_box
}
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_table_head_box \l__tblr_table_middlehead_box
\dim_compare:nNnTF
{ \l__tblr_table_head_body_foot_dim } > {#1}
{
\bool_set_true:N #3
\box_set_eq:NN \l__tblr_table_foot_box \l__tblr_table_middlefoot_box
}
{ \bool_set_false:N #3 }
}
}
\box_new:N \l__tblr_table_box
%% #1: table alignment; #2: row from; #3: row to
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 157
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_page_table:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\__tblr_build_one_table:nnNN {#2} {#3} \c_false_bool \c_false_bool
\vbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_box
{
\box_use:N \l__tblr_table_head_box
\__tblr_cover_two_vboxes:NN \l__tblr_row_head_box \l__tblr_table_box
\box_use:N \l__tblr_row_foot_box
\hrule height ~ 0pt
\box_use:N \l__tblr_table_foot_box
}
\__tblr_halign_whole:Nn \l__tblr_table_box {#1}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_build_page_table:nnn { nnx }
%% To solve the problem of missing hlines of long tables in some PDF readers,
%% We need to draw body rows before head rows (see issue #88).
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_cover_two_vboxes:NN #1 #2
{
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpa_dim { \box_ht:N #1 + \box_dp:N #1 }
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpb_dim { \box_ht:N #2 + \box_dp:N #2 }
\skip_vertical:N \l_tmpa_dim
\hrule height ~ 0pt
\box_use:N #2
\skip_vertical:n { - \l_tmpa_dim - \l_tmpb_dim }
\hrule height ~ 0pt
\box_use:N #1
\skip_vertical:N \l_tmpb_dim
\hrule height ~ 0pt
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_halign_whole:Nn #1 #2
{
\noindent
\hbox_to_wd:nn { \linewidth }
{
\tl_if_eq:nnF {#2} {l} { \hfil }
\box_use:N #1
\tl_if_eq:nnF {#2} {r} { \hfil }
}
}
%% #1: table alignment
%% For tall table, we need to leave vmode first.
%% Since there may be \centering in table environment,
%% We use \raggedright to reset alignement for table head/foot.
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_tall_table:n #1
{
\mode_leave_vertical:
\__tblr_build_tall_table_head_foot:
\__tblr_build_one_table:nnNN {1} {\c@rowcount} \c_true_bool \c_true_bool
\vbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_box
{
\box_use:N \l__tblr_table_firsthead_box
\hrule height ~ 0pt
\box_use:N \l__tblr_table_box
\hrule height ~ 0pt
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 158
\box_use:N \l__tblr_table_lastfoot_box
}
\__tblr_valign_whole:Nn \l__tblr_table_box {#1}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_build_tall_table:n { e }
%% #1: table alignment
%% For short table, we need to leave vmode first
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_short_table:n #1
{
\mode_leave_vertical:
\__tblr_build_one_table:nnNN {1} {\c@rowcount} \c_true_bool \c_true_bool
\__tblr_valign_whole:Nn \l__tblr_table_box {#1}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_build_short_table:n { e }
\box_new:N \l__tblr_table_hlines_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_hline_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_row_box
%% #1: row from; #2: row to
%% #3: whether build first hline or not; #4: whether build last hline or not
%% To fix disappeared hlines with colorful tables in Adobe Reader (see #76),
%% we collect all hlines and draw them at the end of the table.
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_one_table:nnNN #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\box_clear:N \l__tblr_table_hlines_box
\tblr_vbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_box
{
\int_step_variable:nnNn {#1} {#2} \l__tblr_i_tl
{
\bool_lazy_or:nnT
{ \int_compare_p:nNn { \l__tblr_i_tl } > {#1} }
{ \bool_if_p:N #3 }
{ \__tblr_put_one_hline:n { \__tblr_build_hline:V \l__tblr_i_tl } }
\tblr_hrule_ht:n { 0pt } % remove lineskip between hlines and rows
\__tblr_put_one_row:n { \__tblr_build_row:N \l__tblr_i_tl }
\tblr_hrule_ht:n { 0pt }
}
\bool_if:NT #4
{
\__tblr_put_one_hline:n
{ \__tblr_build_hline:n { \int_eval:n {#2 + 1} } }
}
\skip_vertical:n
{
- \box_ht:N \l__tblr_table_hlines_box
- \box_dp:N \l__tblr_table_hlines_box
}
\tblr_box_use:N \l__tblr_table_hlines_box
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_put_one_hline:n #1
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_box {#1}
\skip_vertical:n { \box_ht:N \l__tblr_hline_box + \box_dp:N \l__tblr_hline_box }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 159
\vbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_hlines_box
{
\vbox_unpack:N \l__tblr_table_hlines_box
\box_use:N \l__tblr_hline_box
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_put_one_row:n #1
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_row_box {#1}
\vbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_hlines_box
{
\vbox_unpack:N \l__tblr_table_hlines_box
\skip_vertical:n
{ \box_ht:N \l__tblr_row_box + \box_dp:N \l__tblr_row_box }
}
\box_use:N \l__tblr_row_box
}
%% #1: hline number
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_one_hline:n #1
{
\vbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_table_box { \hbox:n { \__tblr_build_hline:n { #1 } } }
}
\tl_new:N \__tblr_vbox_align_tl
\tl_const:Nn \__tblr_vbox_t_tl {t}
\tl_const:Nn \__tblr_vbox_T_tl {T}
\tl_const:Nn \__tblr_vbox_m_tl {m}
\tl_const:Nn \__tblr_vbox_M_tl {M}
\tl_const:Nn \__tblr_vbox_c_tl {c}
\tl_const:Nn \__tblr_vbox_b_tl {b}
\tl_const:Nn \__tblr_vbox_B_tl {B}
\regex_const:Nn \c__tblr_is_positive_integer_regex { ^ \d+ $ }
\regex_const:Nn \c__tblr_is_negative_integer_regex { ^ - \d+ $ }
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_delim_left_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_delim_right_tl
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole:Nn #1 #2
{
\group_begin:
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_delim_left_tl
{ \__tblr_prop_item:nn { inner } { delim-left } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_delim_right_tl
{ \__tblr_prop_item:nn { inner } { delim-right } }
\tl_set:Nn \__tblr_vbox_align_tl {#2}
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_t_dim { \box_ht:N #1 + \box_dp:N #1 }
\tl_case:NnF \__tblr_vbox_align_tl
{
\__tblr_vbox_m_tl
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_middle:N #1 }
\__tblr_vbox_c_tl
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_middle:N #1 }
\__tblr_vbox_M_tl
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 160
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_middle_row_or_border:N #1 }
\__tblr_vbox_t_tl
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_top:N #1 }
\__tblr_vbox_T_tl
{
\tl_set:Nn \__tblr_vbox_align_tl {1}
\__tblr_valign_whole_at_row_from_above:N #1
}
\__tblr_vbox_b_tl
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_bottom:N #1 }
\__tblr_vbox_B_tl
{
\tl_set:Nx \__tblr_vbox_align_tl { \int_use:N \c@rowcount }
\__tblr_valign_whole_at_row_from_below:N #1
}
}
{
\regex_match:NVTF \c__tblr_is_positive_integer_regex \__tblr_vbox_align_tl
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_at_row:N #1 }
{
\regex_match:NVTF
\c__tblr_is_negative_integer_regex \__tblr_vbox_align_tl
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_at_border:N #1 }
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_middle:N #1 }
}
}
%% we have done the job when valign is m or c
\box_if_empty:NF #1 { \__tblr_add_delimiters_to_box:N #1 }
\group_end:
}
%% We use the idea of delarray package to shift table box
%% when there are delimiters around the table
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_add_delimiters_to_box:N #1
{
\tl_if_empty:NTF \l__tblr_delim_left_tl
{ \box_use_drop:N #1 }
{
\box_move_down:nn
{
( \box_dp:N #1 - \box_ht:N #1 ) / 2
+ \tex_fontdimen:D 22 \tex_textfont:D 2
}
{ \__tblr_get_vcenter_box:N #1 }
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_vcenter_box:N #1
{
\hbox:n
{
$ \m@th \l__tblr_delim_left_tl
\tex_vcenter:D { \vbox_unpack_drop:N #1 }
\l__tblr_delim_right_tl $
}
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 161
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole_middle:N #1
{
\__tblr_get_vcenter_box:N #1
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole_top:N #1
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim { \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n {1} }
\dim_compare:nNnT \l__tblr_h_dim = { 0pt }
{ \dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim { \__tblr_valign_get_row_height:n {1} } }
\box_set_ht:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_h_dim }
\box_set_dp:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_t_dim - \l__tblr_h_dim }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole_bottom:N #1
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_d_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n { \int_eval:n { \c@rowcount + 1 } } }
\dim_compare:nNnTF \l__tblr_d_dim = { 0pt }
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_d_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_row_depth:n { \int_use:N \c@rowcount } }
}
{ \dim_zero:N \l__tblr_d_dim }
\box_set_ht:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_t_dim - \l__tblr_d_dim }
\box_set_dp:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_d_dim }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole_middle_row_or_border:N #1
{
\int_if_odd:nTF { \c@rowcount }
{
\tl_set:Nx \__tblr_vbox_align_tl { \int_eval:n { (\c@rowcount + 1) / 2 } }
\__tblr_valign_whole_at_row_from_above:N #1
}
{
\tl_set:Nx \__tblr_vbox_align_tl { \int_eval:n { \c@rowcount / 2 + 1 } }
\__tblr_valign_whole_at_border_from_above:N #1
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole_at_row:N #1
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { 2 * \__tblr_vbox_align_tl } > { \c@rowcount }
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_at_row_from_below:N #1 }
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_at_row_from_above:N #1 }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole_at_row_from_above:N #1
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n { \__tblr_vbox_align_tl } }
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_row_height:n { \__tblr_vbox_align_tl } }
\int_step_inline:nn { \__tblr_vbox_align_tl - 1 }
{
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim { \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n {##1} }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 162
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim { \__tblr_valign_get_row_total:n {##1} }
}
\box_set_ht:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_h_dim }
\box_set_dp:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_t_dim - \l__tblr_h_dim }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole_at_row_from_below:N #1
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_d_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n { \int_eval:n {\c@rowcount + 1} } }
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_d_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_row_depth:n { \__tblr_vbox_align_tl } }
\int_step_inline:nnn { \__tblr_vbox_align_tl + 1 } { \c@rowcount }
{
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_d_dim { \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n {##1} }
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_d_dim { \__tblr_valign_get_row_total:n {##1} }
}
\box_set_dp:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_d_dim }
\box_set_ht:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_t_dim - \l__tblr_d_dim }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole_at_border:N #1
{
\tl_set:Nx \__tblr_vbox_align_tl { \int_eval:n { - \__tblr_vbox_align_tl } }
\int_compare:nNnTF { 2 * \__tblr_vbox_align_tl - 2 } > { \c@rowcount }
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_at_border_from_below:N #1 }
{ \__tblr_valign_whole_at_border_from_above:N #1 }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole_at_border_from_above:N #1
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n { \__tblr_vbox_align_tl } }
\int_step_inline:nn { \__tblr_vbox_align_tl - 1 }
{
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim { \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n {##1} }
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_h_dim { \__tblr_valign_get_row_total:n {##1} }
}
\box_set_ht:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_h_dim }
\box_set_dp:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_t_dim - \l__tblr_h_dim }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_valign_whole_at_border_from_below:N #1
{
\dim_zero:N \l__tblr_d_dim
\int_step_inline:nnn { \__tblr_vbox_align_tl } { \c@rowcount }
{
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_d_dim { \__tblr_valign_get_row_total:n {##1} }
\dim_add:Nn \l__tblr_d_dim
{ \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n { \int_eval:n { ##1 + 1 } } }
}
\box_set_dp:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_d_dim }
\box_set_ht:Nn #1 { \l__tblr_t_dim - \l__tblr_d_dim }
}
\cs_new_nopar:Npn \__tblr_valign_get_hline_total:n #1
{
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 163
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1] / @hline-height }
}
\cs_new_nopar:Npn \__tblr_valign_get_row_total:n #1
{
\__tblr_data_item:nnn { row } {#1} { abovesep }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nnn { row } {#1} { @row-height }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nnn { row } {#1} { belowsep }
}
\cs_new_nopar:Npn \__tblr_valign_get_row_height:n #1
{
\__tblr_data_item:nnn { row } {#1} { abovesep }
+
( \__tblr_data_item:nnn { row } {#1} { @row-height }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nnn { row } {#1} { @row-upper }
-
\__tblr_data_item:nnn { row } {#1} { @row-lower }
) / 2
}
\cs_new_nopar:Npn \__tblr_valign_get_row_depth:n #1
{
( \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-height }
-
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-upper }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-lower }
) / 2
+
\__tblr_data_item:nnn { row } {#1} { belowsep }
}
8.31 Build Table Components
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_col_o_wd_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_col_b_wd_dim
%% Build hline. #1: row number
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_hline:n #1
{
\int_step_inline:nn { \c@colcount }
{ \__tblr_build_hline_segment:nn { #1 } { ##1 } }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_build_hline:n { x, V }
%% #1: row number, #2: column number
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_hline_segment:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_n_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1] / @hline-count } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_o_tl
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 164
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1][#2] / omit } }
\__tblr_get_col_outer_width_border_width:nNN {#2}
\l__tblr_col_o_wd_dim \l__tblr_col_b_wd_dim
\tl_if_empty:NTF \l__tblr_o_tl
{
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_n_tl } > {0}
{ \__tblr_build_hline_segment_real:nn {#1} {#2} }
}
{ \__tblr_build_hline_segment_omit:nn {#1} {#2} }
}
%% #1: row number, #2: column number
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_hline_segment_omit:nn #1 #2
{
\skip_horizontal:n { \l__tblr_col_o_wd_dim - \l__tblr_col_b_wd_dim }
}
%% #1: row number, #2: column number
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_hline_segment_real:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_s_tl
{ \__tblr_prop_item:ne { inner } { rulesep } }
\vbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_c_box
{
%% add an empty hbox to support vbox width
\tex_hbox:D to \l__tblr_col_o_wd_dim {}
\int_step_inline:nn { \l__tblr_n_tl }
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_h_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1](##1) / @hline-height } }
\hrule height ~ 0pt % remove lineskip
\hbox_set_to_wd:Nnn \l__tblr_b_box { \l__tblr_col_o_wd_dim }
{
\__tblr_get_hline_left_right_skips:nnn {#1} {#2} {##1}
\skip_horizontal:N \l__tblr_hline_leftskip_dim
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_f_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1][#2](##1) / fg } }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_f_tl { \color{\l__tblr_f_tl} }
\__tblr_get_hline_segment_child:nnn {#1} {#2} {##1}
\skip_horizontal:N \l__tblr_hline_rightskip_dim
}
\box_set_ht:Nn \l__tblr_b_box { \l__tblr_h_tl }
\box_set_dp:Nn \l__tblr_b_box { 0pt }
\box_use:N \l__tblr_b_box
\skip_vertical:n { \l__tblr_s_tl }
}
\skip_vertical:n { - \l__tblr_s_tl }
}
\box_use:N \l__tblr_c_box
\skip_horizontal:n { - \l__tblr_col_b_wd_dim }
}
%% Read from table specifications and calculate the widths of row and border
%% column outer width = content width + colsep width + border width
%% #1: the column number, #2: outer width, #3: border width
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_col_outer_width_border_width:nNN #1 #2 #3
{
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 165
\dim_set:Nn #3
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [\int_eval:n {#1 + 1}] / @vline-width } }
\dim_set:Nn #2
{
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#1] / @vline-width }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#1} { leftsep }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#1} { @col-width }
+
\__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#1} { rightsep }
+
#3
}
}
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_hline_leftskip_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_hline_rightskip_dim
%% Calculate left and right skips from leftpos and rightpos specifications
%% #1: row number; #2: column number; #3: hline index;
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_hline_left_right_skips:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1][#2](#3) / leftpos } }
\tl_if_empty:NT \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl
{ \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl {1} } % default position
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1][#2](#3) / rightpos } }
\tl_if_empty:NT \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl
{ \tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl {1} } % default position
\fp_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl } < {1}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpa_dim
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#2] / @vline-width } }
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpb_dim
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#2} { leftsep } }
\fp_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl } < {0}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_leftskip_dim
{ \l_tmpa_dim - \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl \l_tmpb_dim }
}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_leftskip_dim
{ \l_tmpa_dim - \l__tblr_hline_leftpos_tl \l_tmpa_dim }
}
}
\fp_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl } < {1}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpa_dim
{
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline }
{ [\int_eval:n { #2 + 1 }] / @vline-width }
}
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpb_dim
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#2} { rightsep } }
\fp_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl } < {0}
{
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 166
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_rightskip_dim
{ \l_tmpa_dim - \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl \l_tmpb_dim }
}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_hline_rightskip_dim
{ \l_tmpa_dim - \l__tblr_hline_rightpos_tl \l_tmpa_dim }
}
}
}
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_row_ht_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_row_dp_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_row_abovesep_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_row_belowsep_dim
\box_new:N \l__tblr_row_vlines_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_vline_box
\box_new:N \l__tblr_cell_box
%% Build current row, #1: row number
%% To fix disappeared vlines with colorful tables in Adobe Reader (see #76),
%% we collect all vlines and draw them at the end of the row.
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_row:N #1
{
\int_set:Nn \c@rownum {#1}
\__tblr_update_rowsep_registers:
\__tblr_get_row_inner_height_depth:VNNNN #1
\l__tblr_row_ht_dim \l__tblr_row_dp_dim
\l__tblr_row_abovesep_dim \l__tblr_row_belowsep_dim
\__tblr_hook_use:n { tabularray/row/before }
\tblr_vrule_wd_ht_dp:nnn {0pt} {\l__tblr_row_ht_dim} {\l__tblr_row_dp_dim}
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_row_vlines_box
{
\tblr_vrule_wd_ht_dp:nnn {0pt} {\l__tblr_row_ht_dim} {\l__tblr_row_dp_dim}
}
\int_step_variable:nNn { \c@colcount } \l__tblr_j_tl
{
\__tblr_put_one_vline:n
{ \__tblr_build_vline_segment:nn {#1} { \l__tblr_j_tl } }
\__tblr_put_one_cell:n { \__tblr_build_cell:NN #1 \l__tblr_j_tl }
}
\__tblr_put_one_vline:n
{ \__tblr_build_vline_segment:nn {#1} { \int_eval:n {\c@colcount + 1} } }
\skip_horizontal:n { - \box_wd:N \l__tblr_row_vlines_box }
\box_use:N \l__tblr_row_vlines_box
\__tblr_hook_use:n { tabularray/row/after }
}
%% Read from table specifications and calculate inner height/depth of the row
%% inner height = abovesep + above vspace + row upper
%% inner depth = row lower + below vspace + belowsep
%% #1: the row number; #2: resulting inner height; #3: resulting inner depth;
%% #4: restulting abovesep; #5: restulting belowsep.
\dim_new:N \l__row_upper_dim
\dim_new:N \l__row_lower_dim
\dim_new:N \l__row_vpace_dim
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 167
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_row_inner_height_depth:nNNNN #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
{
\dim_set:Nn #4
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { abovesep } }
\dim_set:Nn #5
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { belowsep } }
\dim_set:Nn \l__row_upper_dim
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-upper } }
\dim_set:Nn \l__row_lower_dim
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-lower } }
\dim_set:Nn \l__row_vpace_dim
{
( \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-height }
- \l__row_upper_dim - \l__row_lower_dim ) / 2
}
\dim_set:Nn #2 { #4 + \l__row_vpace_dim + \l__row_upper_dim }
\dim_set:Nn #3 { \l__row_lower_dim + \l__row_vpace_dim + #5 }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tblr_get_row_inner_height_depth:nNNNN { V }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_put_one_vline:n #1
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_box {#1}
\skip_horizontal:n { \box_wd:N \l__tblr_vline_box }
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_row_vlines_box
{
\hbox_unpack:N \l__tblr_row_vlines_box
\box_use:N \l__tblr_vline_box
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_put_one_cell:n #1
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_cell_box {#1}
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_row_vlines_box
{
\hbox_unpack:N \l__tblr_row_vlines_box
\skip_horizontal:n { \box_wd:N \l__tblr_cell_box }
}
\box_use:N \l__tblr_cell_box
}
%% #1: row number, #2: column number
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_vline_segment:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_n_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#2] / @vline-count } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_o_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#1][#2] / omit } }
\tl_if_empty:NTF \l__tblr_o_tl
{
\int_compare:nNnT { \l__tblr_n_tl } > {0}
{ \__tblr_build_vline_segment_real:nn {#1} {#2} }
}
{ \__tblr_build_vline_segment_omit:nn {#1} {#2} }
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 168
%% #1: row number, #2: column number
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_vline_segment_omit:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#2] / @vline-width } }
\skip_horizontal:N \l__tblr_w_tl
}
%% #1: row number, #2: column number
%% We make every vline segment intersect with first hline below
%% to remove gaps in vlines around multirow cells
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_vline_segment_real:nn #1 #2
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_s_tl
{ \__tblr_prop_item:ne { inner } { rulesep } }
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_a_box
{
\int_step_inline:nn { \l__tblr_n_tl }
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#2](##1) / @vline-width } }
\vbox_set_to_ht:Nnn \l__tblr_b_box
{ \dim_eval:n { \l__tblr_row_ht_dim + \l__tblr_row_dp_dim } }
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_f_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#1][#2](##1) / fg } }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_f_tl { \color{\l__tblr_f_tl} }
\__tblr_get_vline_above_below_skips:nnn {#1} {#2} {##1}
\skip_vertical:N \l__tblr_vline_aboveskip_dim
\__tblr_get_vline_segment_child:nnnxx {#1} {#2} {##1}
{ \dim_eval:n { \l__tblr_row_ht_dim } }
{ \dim_eval:n { \l__tblr_row_dp_dim } }
\skip_vertical:N \l__tblr_vline_belowskip_dim
}
\box_set_wd:Nn \l__tblr_b_box { \l__tblr_w_tl }
\box_use:N \l__tblr_b_box
\skip_horizontal:n { \l__tblr_s_tl }
}
\skip_horizontal:n { - \l__tblr_s_tl }
}
\vbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_c_box { \box_use:N \l__tblr_a_box }
\box_set_ht:Nn \l__tblr_c_box { \dim_use:N \l__tblr_row_ht_dim }
\box_set_dp:Nn \l__tblr_c_box { \dim_use:N \l__tblr_row_dp_dim }
\box_use:N \l__tblr_c_box
}
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_vline_aboveskip_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_vline_belowskip_dim
%% Calculate above and below skips from abovepos and belowpos specifications
%% #1: row number; #2: column number; #3: vline index;
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_vline_above_below_skips:nnn #1 #2 #3
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#1][#2](#3) / abovepos } }
\tl_if_empty:NT \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl
{
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 169
\tl_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl {0} % default position
}
\fp_compare:nNnF { \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl } = {0}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpa_dim
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline } { [#1] / @hline-height } }
\fp_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl } < {0}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_aboveskip_dim
{ - \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl \l__tblr_row_abovesep_dim }
}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_aboveskip_dim
{ - \l__tblr_vline_abovepos_tl \l_tmpa_dim }
}
}
%% To join two vline segment above and below a cline,
%% we choose to extend every vline downwards a little (#55, #272).
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_vline_belowpos_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { vline } { [#1][#2](#3) / belowpos } }
\tl_if_empty:NTF \l__tblr_vline_belowpos_tl
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_belowskip_dim
{
- \__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline }
{ [\int_eval:n { #1 + 1 }](1) / @hline-height }
+ 0pt
}
}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l_tmpa_dim
{
\__tblr_spec_item:ne { hline }
{ [\int_eval:n { #1 + 1 }] / @hline-height }
}
\fp_compare:nNnTF { \l__tblr_vline_belowpos_tl } < {0}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_belowskip_dim
{ - \l__tblr_vline_belowpos_tl \l__tblr_row_belowsep_dim }
}
{
\dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_vline_belowskip_dim
{ - \l__tblr_vline_belowpos_tl \l_tmpa_dim }
}
}
}
%% These public variables are updated by default before building a cell
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellRowSpanTl
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellColSpanTl
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellBackgroundTl
\bool_new:N \lTblrCellOmittedBool
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_cell_wd_dim
\dim_new:N \l__tblr_cell_ht_dim
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_cell:NN #1 #2
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 170
{
\int_set:Nn \c@colnum {#2}
\__tblr_update_colsep_registers:
\group_begin:
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_w_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#2} { @col-width } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_h_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-height } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_x_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#2} { leftsep} }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_y_tl
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#2} { rightsep } }
\tl_set:Nx \lTblrCellColSpanTl
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { colspan } }
\int_compare:nNnTF { \lTblrCellColSpanTl } < {2}
{ \dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_cell_wd_dim { \l__tblr_w_tl } }
{
\__tblr_get_span_horizontal_sizes:NNNNN #1 #2
\l__tblr_o_dim \l__tblr_cell_wd_dim \l__tblr_q_dim
}
\tl_set:Nx \lTblrCellRowSpanTl
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { rowspan } }
\int_compare:nNnTF { \lTblrCellRowSpanTl } < {2}
{ \dim_set:Nn \l__tblr_cell_ht_dim { \l__tblr_h_tl } }
{
\__tblr_get_span_vertical_sizes:NNNNN #1 #2
\l__tblr_r_dim \l__tblr_cell_ht_dim \l__tblr_t_dim
}
\__tblr_get_cell_alignments:nn {#1} {#2}
\__tblr_build_cell_background:NN #1 #2
\__tblr_build_cell_content:NN #1 #2
\group_end:
}
%% These public variables are updated by html library before building a cell
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellAboveBorderStyleTl
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellAboveBorderWidthTl
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellAboveBorderColorTl
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellBelowBorderStyleTl
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellBelowBorderWidthTl
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellBelowBorderColorTl
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellLeftBorderStyleTl
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellLeftBorderWidthTl
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellLeftBorderColorTl
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellRightBorderStyleTl
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellRightBorderWidthTl
\tl_new:N \lTblrCellRihgtBorderColorTl
%% #1: row number in tl; #2: column number in tl
%% This function is called only when html library is loaded.
%% The properties can be used by tagpdf, tex4ht and lwarp packages
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_expose_cell_properties:NN #1 #2
{
\__tblr_expose_cell_border:NNnn #1 #2 { hline } { Above }
\tl_set:Nx \l_tmpa_tl { \int_eval:n { #1 + \lTblrCellRowSpanTl } }
\__tblr_expose_cell_border:NNnn \l_tmpa_tl #2 { hline } { Below }
\__tblr_expose_cell_border:NNnn #1 #2 { vline } { Left }
\tl_set:Nx \l_tmpb_tl { \int_eval:n { #2 + \lTblrCellColSpanTl } }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 171
\__tblr_expose_cell_border:NNnn #1 \l_tmpb_tl { vline } { Right }
}
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_dash_value_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_dash_value_head_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_dash_value_tail_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_width_value_tl
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_color_value_tl
%% #1: row number in tl; #2: column number in tl;
%% #3: hline or vline; #4: position of border (Above/Below/Left/Right).
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_expose_cell_border:NNnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
%% get border style
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_dash_value_tl %% may be empty
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { #3 } { [#1][#2](1) / @dash } }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_dash_value_head_tl { \tl_head:N \l__tblr_dash_value_tl }
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_dash_value_tail_tl { \tl_tail:N \l__tblr_dash_value_tl }
\exp_args:NV \tl_if_eq:NNTF \l__tblr_dash_value_head_tl \@tblr@dash
{
\tl_set_eq:cN { lTblrCell #4 BorderStyleTl } \l__tblr_dash_value_tail_tl
%% get border width
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_width_value_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { #3 } { [#1][#2](1) / wd } }
\tl_if_empty:NTF \l__tblr_width_value_tl
{ \tl_set:cn { lTblrCell #4 BorderWidthTl } { 0.4pt } }
{ \tl_set_eq:cN { lTblrCell #4 BorderWidthTl } \l__tblr_width_value_tl }
%% get border color
\tl_set:cx { lTblrCell #4 BorderColorTl }
{ \__tblr_spec_item:ne { #3 } { [#1][#2](1) / fg } }
}
{
\tl_clear:c { lTblrCell #4 BorderStyleTl }
\tl_set:cn { lTblrCell #4 BorderWidthTl } { 0pt }
\tl_clear:c { lTblrCell #4 BorderColorTl }
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_cell_content:NN #1 #2
{
\bool_if:NT \l__tblr_html_variables_bool
{ \__tblr_expose_cell_properties:NN #1 #2 }
\__tblr_hook_use:n { tabularray/cell/before }
\hbox_set_to_wd:Nnn \l__tblr_a_box { \l__tblr_cell_wd_dim }
{
\tl_if_eq:NnTF \g__tblr_cell_halign_tl {j}
% cell width may be less than column width for j cells
{ \__tblr_get_cell_text:nn {#1} {#2} \hfil }
{
\tl_if_eq:NnF \g__tblr_cell_halign_tl {l} { \hfil }
\__tblr_get_cell_text:nn {#1} {#2}
\tl_if_eq:NnF \g__tblr_cell_halign_tl {r} { \hfil }
}
}
\vbox_set_to_ht:Nnn \l__tblr_b_box { \l__tblr_cell_ht_dim }
{
\tl_case:Nn \g__tblr_cell_valign_tl
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 172
{
\c__tblr_valign_m_tl
{
\vfil
\int_compare:nNnT { \lTblrCellRowSpanTl } < {2}
{
\box_set_ht:Nn \l__tblr_a_box
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-upper } }
\box_set_dp:Nn \l__tblr_a_box
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-lower } }
}
\box_use:N \l__tblr_a_box
\vfil
}
\c__tblr_valign_h_tl
{
\box_set_ht:Nn \l__tblr_a_box
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-head } }
\box_use:N \l__tblr_a_box
\vfil
}
\c__tblr_valign_f_tl
{
\vfil
\int_compare:nNnTF { \lTblrCellRowSpanTl } < {2}
{
\box_set_dp:Nn \l__tblr_a_box
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { @row-foot } }
}
{
\box_set_dp:Nn \l__tblr_a_box
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen
{ row }
{ \int_eval:n { #1 + \lTblrCellRowSpanTl - 1 } }
{ @row-foot }
}
}
\box_use:N \l__tblr_a_box
}
}
\hrule height ~ 0pt %% zero depth
}
\vbox_set_to_ht:Nnn \l__tblr_c_box
{ \l__tblr_row_ht_dim - \l__tblr_row_abovesep_dim }
{
\box_use:N \l__tblr_b_box
\vss
}
\skip_horizontal:n { \l__tblr_x_tl }
\box_use:N \l__tblr_c_box
\skip_horizontal:n { \l__tblr_y_tl - \l__tblr_cell_wd_dim + \l__tblr_w_tl }
\__tblr_hook_use:n { tabularray/cell/after }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_cell_background:NN #1 #2
{
\bool_set:Nn \lTblrCellOmittedBool
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 173
{
\int_compare_p:nNn
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { omit } } = {1}
}
\bool_if:NF \lTblrCellOmittedBool
{
\tl_set:Nx \lTblrCellBackgroundTl
{ \__tblr_data_item:neen { cell } {#1} {#2} { background } }
\group_begin:
\tl_if_empty:NF \lTblrCellBackgroundTl
{
\__tblr_get_cell_background_width:NNN #1 #2 \l_tmpa_dim
\__tblr_get_cell_background_depth:NNN #1 #2 \l_tmpb_dim
\__tblr_build_cell_background:nnnn
{ \dim_use:N \l_tmpa_dim }
{ \l__tblr_row_ht_dim }
{ \dim_use:N \l_tmpb_dim }
{ \lTblrCellBackgroundTl }
}
\group_end:
}
}
%% #1: row number; #2: column number; #3 resulting dimension
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_cell_background_width:NNN #1 #2 #3
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { \lTblrCellColSpanTl } < {2}
{ \dim_set:Nn #3 { \l__tblr_x_tl + \l__tblr_w_tl + \l__tblr_y_tl } }
{
\dim_set:Nn #3 { \l__tblr_o_dim + \l__tblr_cell_wd_dim + \l__tblr_q_dim }
}
}
%% #1: row number; #2: column number; #3 resulting dimension
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_cell_background_depth:NNN #1 #2 #3
{
\int_compare:nNnTF { \lTblrCellRowSpanTl } < {2}
{ \dim_set_eq:NN #3 \l__tblr_row_dp_dim }
{
\dim_set:Nn #3
{
\l__tblr_r_dim + \l__tblr_cell_ht_dim
+ \l__tblr_t_dim - \l__tblr_row_ht_dim
}
}
}
%% #1: width, #2: height, #3: depth, #4: color
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_build_cell_background:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_a_box
{
\color {#4}
\vrule width ~ #1 ~ height ~ #2 ~ depth ~ #3
}
\box_set_dp:Nn \l__tblr_a_box { 0pt }
\box_use:N \l__tblr_a_box
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 174
\skip_horizontal:n { - #1 }
}
%% #1: row number; #2: column number; #3: dimen register for rowsep above.
%% #4: dimen register for total height; #5: dimen register for rowsep below.
%% We can use \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop which was made before
%% But when vspan=even, there are no itemskip in the prop list.
%% Therefore we need to calculate them from the sizes of items and skips
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_span_vertical_sizes:NNNNN #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
{
\dim_set:Nn #3
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { row } {#1} { abovesep } }
\dim_zero:N #4
\dim_add:Nn #4
{ \prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop { item[#1] } }
\int_step_inline:nnn { #1 + 1 } { #1 + \lTblrCellRowSpanTl - 1 }
{
\dim_add:Nn #4
{
\prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop { skip[##1] }
+
\prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop { item[##1] }
}
}
\dim_set:Nn #5
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen { row }
{ \int_eval:n { #1 + \lTblrCellRowSpanTl - 1 } } { belowsep }
}
%\tl_log:x { cell[#1][#2] ~:~ \dim_use:N #3, \dim_use:N #4, \dim_use:N #5 }
}
%% #1: row number; #2: column number; #3: dimen register for colsep left.
%% #4: dimen register for total width; #5: dimen register for colsep right.
%% We can use \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop which was made before
%% But when hspan=even or hspan=minimal, there are no itemskip in the prop list.
%% Therefore we need to calculate them from the sizes of items and skips
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_get_span_horizontal_sizes:NNNNN #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
{
\dim_set:Nn #3
{ \__tblr_data_item:nen { column } {#2} { leftsep } }
\dim_zero:N #4
\dim_add:Nn #4
{ \prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop { item[#2] } }
\int_step_inline:nnn { #2 + 1 } { #2 + \lTblrCellColSpanTl - 1 }
{
\dim_add:Nn #4
{
\prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop { skip[##1] }
+
\prop_item:Ne \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop { item[##1] }
}
}
\dim_set:Nn #5
{
\__tblr_data_item:nen { column }
{ \int_eval:n {#2 + \lTblrCellColSpanTl - 1} } { rightsep }
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 175
%\tl_log:x { cell[#1][#2] ~:~ \dim_use:N #3, \dim_use:N #4, \dim_use:N #5 }
}
8.32 Tracing Tabularray
\NewDocumentCommand \SetTblrTracing { m }
{
\keys_set:nn { tblr-set-tracing } {#1}
}
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_text_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_command_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_option_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_theme_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_outer_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_inner_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_column_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_row_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_cell_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_vline_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_hline_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_colspec_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_rowspec_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_target_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_cellspan_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_intarray_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_page_bool
\bool_new:N \g__tblr_tracing_step_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_step_bool
\keys_define:nn { tblr-set-tracing }
{
+text .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_text_bool,
-text .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_text_bool,
+command .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_command_bool,
-command .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_command_bool,
+option .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_option_bool,
-option .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_option_bool,
+theme .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_theme_bool,
-theme .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_theme_bool,
+outer .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_outer_bool,
-outer .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_outer_bool,
+inner .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_inner_bool,
-inner .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_inner_bool,
+column .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_column_bool,
-column .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_column_bool,
+row .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_row_bool,
-row .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_row_bool,
+cell .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_cell_bool,
-cell .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_cell_bool,
+vline .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_vline_bool,
-vline .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_vline_bool,
+hline .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_hline_bool,
-hline .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_hline_bool,
+colspec .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_colspec_bool,
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 176
-colspec .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_colspec_bool,
+rowspec .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_rowspec_bool,
-rowspec .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_rowspec_bool,
+target .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_target_bool,
-target .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_target_bool,
+cellspan .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_cellspan_bool,
-cellspan .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_cellspan_bool,
+intarray .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_intarray_bool,
-intarray .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_intarray_bool,
+page .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_page_bool,
-page .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_page_bool,
+step .code:n = \bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_step_bool,
-step .code:n = \bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_step_bool,
all .code:n = \__tblr_enable_all_tracings:,
none .code:n = \__tblr_disable_all_tracings:,
}
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__tblr_enable_all_tracings:
{
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_text_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_command_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_option_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_theme_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_outer_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_inner_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_column_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_row_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_cell_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_vline_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_hline_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_colspec_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_rowspec_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_target_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_cellspan_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_intarray_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_page_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g__tblr_tracing_step_bool
}
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__tblr_disable_all_tracings:
{
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_text_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_command_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_option_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_theme_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_outer_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_inner_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_column_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_row_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_cell_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_vline_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_hline_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_colspec_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_rowspec_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_target_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_cellspan_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_intarray_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_page_bool
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 177
\bool_gset_false:N \g__tblr_tracing_step_bool
}
\NewDocumentCommand \LogTblrTracing { m }
{
\keys_set:nn { tblr-log-tracing } {#1}
}
\keys_define:nn { tblr-log-tracing }
{
step .code:n = \__tblr_log_tracing_step:n {#1},
unknown .code:n = \__tblr_log_tracing:N \l_keys_key_str
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing:N #1
{
\bool_if:cT { g__tblr_tracing_ #1 _bool }
{ \cs:w __tblr_log_tracing _ #1 : \cs_end: }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_text:
{
\__tblr_spec_log:n { text }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_command:
{
\__tblr_prop_log:n { command }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_option:
{
\__tblr_prop_log:n { note }
\__tblr_prop_log:n { remark }
\__tblr_prop_log:n { more }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_theme:
{
\__tblr_style_log:
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_outer:
{
\__tblr_spec_log:n { outer }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_inner:
{
\__tblr_prop_log:n { inner }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_column:
{
\__tblr_data_log:n { column }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 178
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_row:
{
\__tblr_data_log:n { row }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_cell:
{
\__tblr_data_log:n { cell }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_vline:
{
\__tblr_spec_log:n { vline }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_hline:
{
\__tblr_spec_log:n { hline }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_colspec:
{
\tl_if_eq:NnT \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl { column }
{ \tl_log:N \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_rowspec:
{
\tl_if_eq:NnT \g__tblr_column_or_row_tl { row }
{ \tl_log:N \g__tblr_expanded_colrow_spec_tl }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_target:
{
\dim_log:N \l__column_target_dim
\prop_log:N \l__column_coefficient_prop
\prop_log:N \l__column_natural_width_prop
\prop_log:N \l__column_computed_width_prop
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_cellspan:
{
\prop_log:N \l__tblr_col_item_skip_size_prop
\prop_log:N \l__tblr_col_span_size_prop
\prop_log:N \l__tblr_row_item_skip_size_prop
\prop_log:N \l__tblr_row_span_size_prop
\prop_log:N \l__tblr_row_span_to_row_prop
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_page:
{
\dim_log:N \pagegoal
\dim_log:N \pagetotal
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 179
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_log_tracing_step:n #1
{
\bool_if:NT \g__tblr_tracing_step_bool { \tl_log:x {Step :~ #1} }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_do_if_tracing:nn #1 #2
{
\bool_if:cT { g__tblr_tracing_ #1 _bool } {#2}
}
8.33 Tabularray Libraries
%% \NewTblrLibrary and \UseTblrLibrary commands
\NewDocumentCommand \NewTblrLibrary { m m }
{
\cs_new_protected:cpn { __tblr_use_lib_ #1: } {#2}
}
\NewDocumentCommand \UseTblrLibrary { m }
{
\clist_map_inline:nn {#1}
{
\use:c { __tblr_use_lib_ ##1: }
\cs_undefine:c { __tblr_use_lib_ ##1: }
}
}
%% Library amsmath and environments +array, +matrix, +cases, ...
\NewTblrLibrary { amsmath }
{
\RequirePackage { amsmath }
\NewTblrEnviron { +array }
\SetTblrInner[+array]{colsep = 5pt}
\NewDocumentEnvironment { +matrix } { O{} +b } {
\begin{+array}{
column{1} = {leftsep = 0pt}, column{Z} = {rightsep = 0pt},
cells = {c}, ##1
}
##2
\end{+array}
} { }
\NewDocumentEnvironment { +bmatrix } { O{} +b } {
\begin{+array}{
column{1} = {leftsep = 0pt}, column{Z} = {rightsep = 0pt},
cells = {c}, delimiter = {left = [, right = ]}, ##1
}
##2
\end{+array}
} { }
\NewDocumentEnvironment { +Bmatrix } { O{} +b } {
\begin{+array} {
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 180
column{1} = {leftsep = 0pt}, column{Z} = {rightsep = 0pt},
cells = {c}, delimiter = {left = \lbrace, right = \rbrace}, ##1
}
##2
\end{+array}
} { }
\NewDocumentEnvironment { +pmatrix } { O{} +b } {
\begin{+array} {
column{1} = {leftsep = 0pt}, column{Z} = {rightsep = 0pt},
cells = {c}, delimiter = {left = (, right = )}, ##1
}
##2
\end{+array}
} { }
\NewDocumentEnvironment { +vmatrix } { O{} +b } {
\begin{+array} {
column{1} = {leftsep = 0pt}, column{Z} = {rightsep = 0pt},
cells = {c}, delimiter = {left = \lvert, right = \rvert}, ##1
}
##2
\end{+array}
} { }
\NewDocumentEnvironment { +Vmatrix } { O{} +b } {
\begin{+array} {
column{1} = {leftsep = 0pt}, column{Z} = {rightsep = 0pt},
cells = {c}, delimiter = {left = \lVert, right = \rVert}, ##1
}
##2
\end{+array}
} { }
\NewDocumentEnvironment { +cases } { O{} +b } {
\begin{+array} {
column{1} = {leftsep = 0pt}, column{Z} = {rightsep = 0pt},
colspec = {ll}, stretch = 1.2, delimiter = {left=\lbrace, right=.}, ##1
}
##2
\end{+array}
} { }
}
%% Library booktabs and commands \toprule, \midrule, \bottomrule
\NewTblrLibrary { booktabs }
{
% We only use dimensions \aboverulesep and \belowrulesep in booktabs package
\RequirePackage { booktabs }
\newcommand \tblr@booktabs@hline [1] [] { \hline [##1] }
\newcommand \tblr@booktabs@oldhline [1] [] {
\hline [##1]
\hborder { abovespace = \aboverulesep, belowspace = \belowrulesep }
}
\newcommand \tblr@booktabs@cline [2] [] { \cline [##1] {##2} }
\newcommand \tblr@booktabs@oldcline [2] [] {
\cline [##1] {##2}
\hborder { abovespace = \aboverulesep, belowspace = \belowrulesep }
}
\newcommand \tblr@booktabs@cline@more [2] [] { \SetHline [+] {##2} {##1} }
\newcommand \tblr@booktabs@oldcline@more [2] [] {
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 181
\SetHline [+] {##2} {##1}
\hborder { abovespace = \aboverulesep, belowspace = \belowrulesep }
}
\NewTableCommand \toprule [1] [] {
\tblr@booktabs@hline [wd=\heavyrulewidth, ##1]
}
\NewTableCommand \midrule [1] [] {
\tblr@booktabs@hline [wd=\lightrulewidth, ##1]
}
\NewTableCommand \bottomrule [1] [] {
\tblr@booktabs@hline [wd=\heavyrulewidth, ##1]
}
\NewTableCommand \cmidrule [2] [] {
\tblr@booktabs@cline [wd=\cmidrulewidth, endpos, ##1] {##2}
}
\NewTableCommand \cmidrulemore [2] [] {
\tblr@booktabs@cline@more [wd=\cmidrulewidth, endpos, ##1] {##2}
}
\newcommand \tblr@booktabs@change@more [1] { \cmidrulemore }
\NewTableCommand \morecmidrules {
\peek_meaning:NTF \cmidrule { \tblr@booktabs@change@more } { \relax }
}
\NewTblrEnviron { booktabs }
\NewTblrEnviron { longtabs }
\NewTblrEnviron { talltabs }
\SetTblrInner [ booktabs ] { rowsep = 0pt }
\SetTblrInner [ longtabs ] { rowsep = 0pt }
\SetTblrInner [ talltabs ] { rowsep = 0pt }
\SetTblrOuter [ longtabs ] { long }
\SetTblrOuter [ talltabs ] { tall }
\RequirePackage { etoolbox }
\newcommand \tblr@booktabs@begin@hook
{
\let \tblr@booktabs@hline = \tblr@booktabs@oldhline
\let \tblr@booktabs@cline = \tblr@booktabs@oldcline
\let \tblr@booktabs@cline@more = \tblr@booktabs@oldcline@more
}
\AtBeginEnvironment { booktabs } { \tblr@booktabs@begin@hook }
\AtBeginEnvironment { longtabs } { \tblr@booktabs@begin@hook }
\AtBeginEnvironment { talltabs } { \tblr@booktabs@begin@hook }
\NewTableCommand \specialrule [3]
{ \hline [##1] \hborder { abovespace = ##2, belowspace = ##3 } }
\NewTableCommand \addrowspace [1] [\defaultaddspace]
{ \hborder { abovespace+ = (##1) / 2, belowspace+ = (##1) / 2 } }
\NewTableCommand \addlinespace [1] [\defaultaddspace]
{ \hborder { abovespace+ = (##1) / 2, belowspace+ = (##1) / 2 } }
}
%% Library counter for resetting all counters
\tl_new:N \__tblr_saved_trial_counters_tl
\tl_new:N \__tblr_saved_cell_counters_tl
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_save_counters:n #1 { }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_restore_counters:n #1 { }
%% We use code from tabularx package for resetting all LaTeX counters,
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 182
%% where internal macro \cl@@ckpt looks like the following:
%% \@elt{page} \@elt{equation} \@elt{enumi} \@elt{enumii} \@elt{enumiii} ...
\NewTblrLibrary { counter }
{
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_save_counters:n ##1
{
\def \@elt ####1 { \global\value{####1} = \the\value{####1} \relax }
\tl_set:cx { __tblr_saved_ ##1 _counters_tl } { \cl@@ckpt }
\let \@elt = \relax
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_restore_counters:n ##1
{
\tl_use:c { __tblr_saved_ ##1 _counters_tl }
}
}
%% Library diagbox and command \diagbox
\NewTblrLibrary { diagbox }
{
\RequirePackage{ diagbox }
\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_lib_saved_diagbox:w \diagbox
\NewContentCommand \diagbox [3] []
{
\__tblr_lib_diagbox_fix:n
{
\__tblr_lib_saved_diagbox:w
[ leftsep=\leftsep, rightsep=\rightsep, ##1 ]
{ \__tblr_lib_diagbox_math_or_text:n {##2} }
{ \__tblr_lib_diagbox_math_or_text:n {##3} }
}
}
\NewContentCommand \diagboxthree [4] []
{
\__tblr_lib_diagbox_fix:n
{
\__tblr_lib_saved_diagbox:w
[ leftsep=\leftsep, rightsep=\rightsep, ##1 ]
{ \__tblr_lib_diagbox_math_or_text:n {##2} }
{ \__tblr_lib_diagbox_math_or_text:n {##3} }
{ \__tblr_lib_diagbox_math_or_text:n {##4} }
}
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_lib_diagbox_math_or_text:n #1
{
\bool_if:NTF \l__tblr_cell_math_mode_bool {$#1$} {#1}
}
\box_new:N \l__tblr_diag_box
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_lib_diagbox_fix:n #1
{
\hbox_set:Nn \l__tblr_diag_box {#1}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 183
\box_set_ht:Nn \l__tblr_diag_box { \box_ht:N \l__tblr_diag_box - \abovesep }
\box_set_dp:Nn \l__tblr_diag_box { \box_dp:N \l__tblr_diag_box - \belowsep }
\box_use:N \l__tblr_diag_box
}
%% Library functional with evaluate and process options
\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_functional_calculation: \prg_do_nothing:
\NewTblrLibrary { functional }
{
\RequirePackage { functional }
%% Add outer specification "evaluate"
\keys_define:nn { tblr-outer }
{ evaluate .code:n = \__tblr_outer_gput_spec:nn { evaluate } {##1} }
\tl_new:N \l__tblr_evaluate_tl
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_hook_split_before:
{
\tl_set:Nx \l__tblr_evaluate_tl
{ \__tblr_spec_item:nn { outer } { evaluate } }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l__tblr_evaluate_tl
{
\tl_if_eq:NnTF \l__tblr_evaluate_tl { all }
{
\tlSet \l__tblr_body_tl { \evalWhole {\expValue \l__tblr_body_tl} }
}
{
\exp_last_unbraced:NNV
\__tblr_evaluate_table_body:NN \l__tblr_body_tl \l__tblr_evaluate_tl
}
}
}
%% Evaluate every occurrence of the specified function
%% Note that funtional package runs every return processor inside a group
%% #1: tl with table content; #2: function to be evaluated
\tl_new:N \g__tblr_functional_result_tl
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_evaluate_table_body:NN ##1 ##2
{
\tl_gclear:N \g__tblr_functional_result_tl
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tblr_evaluate_table_body_aux:w ####1 ##2
{
\tl_gput_right:Nn \g__tblr_functional_result_tl {####1}
\peek_meaning:NTF \q_stop { \use_none:n } {##2}
}
\fun_run_return_processor:nn
{
\exp_last_unbraced:NV \__tblr_evaluate_table_body_aux:w \gResultTl
}
{
\exp_last_unbraced:NV
\__tblr_evaluate_table_body_aux:w ##1 ##2 \q_stop
}
\tl_set_eq:NN ##1 \g__tblr_functional_result_tl
}
%% Add inner specification "process"
\clist_put_right:Nn \g__tblr_table_known_keys_clist { process }
\keys_define:nn { tblr }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 184
{ process .code:n = \__tblr_keys_gput:nn { process } {##1} }
\cs_set:Npn \__tblr_functional_calculation:
{
\LogTblrTracing { step = do ~ functional ~ calculation }
\__tblr_prop_item:nn { inner } { process }
}
\prgNewFunction \cellGetText { m m }
{
\expWhole { \__tblr_spec_item:nn { text } { [##1][##2] } }
}
\prgNewFunction \cellSetText { m m m }
{
\__tblr_spec_gput:nnn { text } { [##1][##2] } {##3}
}
\prgNewFunction \cellSetStyle { m m m }
{
\tblr_set_cell:nnnn {##1} {##2} {} {##3}
}
\prgNewFunction \rowSetStyle { m m }
{
\tblr_set_row:nnn {##1} {} {##2}
}
\prgNewFunction \columnSetStyle { m m }
{
\tblr_set_column:nnn {##1} {} {##2}
}
}
%% Library hook provides some public hooks
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_hook_use:n #1 {}
\NewTblrLibrary { hook }
{
\cs_set_eq:NN \__tblr_hook_use:n \hook_use:n
\hook_new_pair:nn { tabularray/trial/before } { tabularray/trial/after }
\hook_new_pair:nn { tabularray/table/before } { tabularray/table/after }
\hook_new_pair:nn { tabularray/row/before } { tabularray/row/after }
\hook_new_pair:nn { tabularray/cell/before } { tabularray/cell/after }
}
%% Library html provides more public variables
%% These variables can be used by tagpdf, tex4ht and lwarp packages
\bool_new:N \l__tblr_html_variables_bool
\NewTblrLibrary { html }
{
\bool_set_true:N \l__tblr_html_variables_bool
}
%% Library nameref and its caption-ref template
\NewTblrLibrary { nameref }
{
\RequirePackage { nameref }
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 185
\clist_if_in:NnF \lTblrRefMoreClist { nameref }
{
\clist_put_right:Nn \lTblrRefMoreClist { nameref }
\DefTblrTemplate { caption-ref }{ nameref }
{
\tl_if_eq:NnTF \lTblrEntryTl { none }
{ \exp_args:NV \GetTitleString \lTblrCaptionTl }
{
\tl_if_empty:NTF \lTblrEntryTl
{ \exp_args:NV \GetTitleString \lTblrCaptionTl }
{ \exp_args:NV \GetTitleString \lTblrEntryTl }
}
\tl_set_eq:NN \@currentlabelname \GetTitleStringResult
}
}
}
%% Library siunitx and S columns
\NewTblrLibrary { siunitx }
{
\RequirePackage { siunitx }
\NewColumnType { S } [1] [] { Q[si = {##1}, c] }
\NewColumnType { s } [1] [] { Q[si = {##1}, c, cmd = \TblrUnit] }
\__tblr_data_new_key:nnn { cell } { si } { str }
\keys_define:nn { tblr-column }
{
si .code:n = \__tblr_siunitx_setcolumn:n {##1}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_siunitx_setcolumn:n ##1
{
\__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { si } {##1}
\__tblr_column_gput_cell:nn { cmd } { \TblrNum }
}
\NewDocumentCommand \TblrNum { m }
{
\__tblr_siunitx_process:Nn \tablenum {##1}
}
\NewDocumentCommand \TblrUnit { m }
{
\__tblr_siunitx_process:Nn \si {##1}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \__tblr_siunitx_process:Nn ##1 ##2
{
\tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {##2}
{ ##2 }
{
\group_begin:
\tl_set:Nx \l_tmpa_tl
{
\__tblr_data_item:neen { cell }
{ \int_use:N \c@rownum } { \int_use:N \c@colnum } { si }
}
\exp_args:NV \sisetup \l_tmpa_tl
##1 {##2}
\group_end:
}
}
CHAPTER 8. THE SOURCE CODE 186
\keys_define:nn { tblr-cell-spec } { guard .meta:n = { cmd = } }
\keys_define:nn { tblr-row } { guard .meta:n = { cmd = } }
\keys_define:nn { tblr-column } { guard .meta:n = { cmd = } }
}
%% Library varwidth and measure option
\NewTblrLibrary { varwidth }
{
\RequirePackage { varwidth }
\clist_gput_left:Nn \g__tblr_table_known_keys_clist { measure }
\keys_define:nn { tblr } { measure .tl_set:N = \l__tblr_inner_spec_measure_tl }
}
%% Library zref and its caption-ref template
\NewTblrLibrary { zref }
{
\RequirePackage { zref-user }
\clist_if_in:NnF \lTblrRefMoreClist { zref }
{
\clist_put_right:Nn \lTblrRefMoreClist { zref }
\DefTblrTemplate { caption-ref }{ zref }
{
\exp_args:NV \zlabel \lTblrLabelTl
}
}
}
